Form 10-Q
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-Q

 

 

QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Quarterly Period Ended March 31, 2013

Commission File Number 001-33653

 

 

 

LOGO

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Ohio   31-0854434

(State or other jurisdiction

of incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

Fifth Third Center

Cincinnati, Ohio 45263

(Address of principal executive offices)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (800) 972-3030

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   x    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   ¨  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

There were 874,644,725 shares of the Registrant’s common stock, without par value, outstanding as of March 31, 2013.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

FINANCIAL CONTENTS

 

Part I. Financial Information

  

Glossary of Terms

     3   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Item 2)

  

Selected Financial Data

     4   

Overview

     5   

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

     9   

Recent Accounting Standards

     11   

Critical Accounting Policies

     11   

Statements of Income Analysis

     12   

Balance Sheet Analysis

     18   

Business Segment Review

     23   

Risk Management—Overview

     29   

Credit Risk Management

     30   

Market Risk Management

     45   

Liquidity Risk Management

     48   

Capital Management

     50   

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

     53   

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk (Item 3)

     54   

Controls and Procedures (Item 4)

     54   

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes (Item 1)

  

Balance Sheets (unaudited)

     55   

Statements of Income (unaudited)

     56   

Statements of Comprehensive Income (unaudited)

     57   

Statements of Changes in Equity (unaudited)

     58   

Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited)

     59   

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

     60   

Part II. Other Information

  

Legal Proceedings (Item 1)

     108   

Risk Factors (Item 1A)

     108   

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds (Item 2)

     108   

Exhibits (Item 6)

     108   

Signatures

     109   

Certifications

  

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This report contains statements that we believe are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Rule 175 promulgated thereunder, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Rule 3b-6 promulgated thereunder. These statements relate to our financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance or business. They usually can be identified by the use of forward-looking language such as “will likely result,” “may,” “are expected to,” “is anticipated,” “estimate,” “forecast,” “projected,” “intends to,” or may include other similar words or phrases such as “believes,” “plans,” “trend,” “objective,” “continue,” “remain,” or similar expressions, or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “might,” “can,” or similar verbs. You should not place undue reliance on these statements, as they are subject to risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to the risk factors set forth in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K. When considering these forward-looking statements, you should keep in mind these risks and uncertainties, as well as any cautionary statements we may make. Moreover, you should treat these statements as speaking only as of the date they are made and based only on information then actually known to us. There are a number of important factors that could cause future results to differ materially from historical performance and these forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause such a difference include, but are not limited to: (1) general economic conditions and weakening in the economy, specifically the real estate market, either nationally or in the states in which Fifth Third, one or more acquired entities and/or the combined company do business, are less favorable than expected; (2) deteriorating credit quality; (3) political developments, wars or other hostilities may disrupt or increase volatility in securities markets or other economic conditions; (4) changes in the interest rate environment reduce interest margins; (5) prepayment speeds, loan origination and sale volumes, charge-offs and loan loss provisions; (6) Fifth Third’s ability to maintain required capital levels and adequate sources of funding and liquidity; (7) maintaining capital requirements may limit Fifth Third’s operations and potential growth; (8) changes and trends in capital markets; (9) problems encountered by larger or similar financial institutions may adversely affect the banking industry and/or Fifth Third; (10) competitive pressures among depository institutions increase significantly; (11) effects of critical accounting policies and judgments; (12) changes in accounting policies or procedures as may be required by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) or other regulatory agencies; (13) legislative or regulatory changes or actions, or significant litigation, adversely affect Fifth Third, one or more acquired entities and/or the combined company or the businesses in which Fifth Third, one or more acquired entities and/or the combined company are engaged, including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act; (14) ability to maintain favorable ratings from rating agencies; (15) fluctuation of Fifth Third’s stock price; (16) ability to attract and retain key personnel; (17) ability to receive dividends from its subsidiaries; (18) potentially dilutive effect of future acquisitions on current shareholders’ ownership of Fifth Third; (19) effects of accounting or financial results of one or more acquired entities; (20) difficulties from the separation of or the results of operations of Vantiv, LLC; (21) loss of income from any sale or potential sale of businesses that could have an adverse effect on Fifth Third’s earnings and future growth; (22) ability to secure confidential information and deliver products and services through the use of computer systems and telecommunications networks; and (23) the impact of reputational risk created by these developments on such matters as business generation and retention, funding and liquidity.

 

2


Table of Contents

 

Glossary of Abbreviations and Acronyms

 

Fifth Third Bancorp provides the following list of abbreviations and acronyms as a tool for the reader that are used in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

ALCO: Asset Liability Management Committee

ALLL: Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

AOCI: Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

ARM: Adjustable Rate Mortgage

ATM: Automated Teller Machine

BOLI: Bank Owned Life Insurance

bps: Basis points

BPO: Broker Price Opinion

CCAR: Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review

CDC: Fifth Third Community Development Corporation

CFPB: United States Consumer Financial Protection Bureau

C&I: Commercial and Industrial

DCF: Discounted Cash Flow

ERISA: Employee Retirement Income Security Act

ERM: Enterprise Risk Management

ERMC: Enterprise Risk Management Committee

EVE: Economic Value of Equity

FASB: Financial Accounting Standards Board

FDIC: Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

FHLB: Federal Home Loan Bank

FHLMC: Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation

FICO: Fair Isaac Corporation (credit rating)

FNMA: Federal National Mortgage Association

FRB: Federal Reserve Bank

FTAM: Fifth Third Asset Management, Inc.

FTE: Fully Taxable Equivalent

FTP: Funds Transfer Pricing

FTS: Fifth Third Securities

GNMA: Government National Mortgage Association

GSE: Government Sponsored Enterprise

HAMP: Home Affordable Modification Program

HARP: Home Affordable Refinance Program

  

HFS: Held for Sale

IPO: Initial Public Offering

IRC: Internal Revenue Code

IRLC: Interest Rate Lock Commitment

ISDA: International Swaps and Derivatives Association

LIBOR: London InterBank Offered Rate

LLC: Limited Liability Company

LTV: Loan-to-Value

MD&A: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

MSR: Mortgage Servicing Right

N/A: Not Applicable

NII: Net Interest Income

NM: Not Meaningful

NPR: Notice of Proposed Rulemaking

OCC: Office of the Comptroller of the Currency

OCI: Other Comprehensive Income

OREO: Other Real Estate Owned

OTTI: Other-Than-Temporary Impairment

PMI: Private Mortgage Insurance

SBA: Small Business Administration

SEC: United States Securities and Exchange Commission

TBA: To Be Announced

TDR: Troubled Debt Restructuring

TruPS: Trust Preferred Securities

U.S.: United States of America

U.S. GAAP: Accounting Principles Generally Accepted in the United States of America

VaR: Value-at-Risk

VIE: Variable Interest Entity

VRDN: Variable Rate Demand Note

 

3


Table of Contents

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Item 2)

 

The following is MD&A of certain significant factors that have affected Fifth Third Bancorp’s (the “Bancorp” or “Fifth Third”) financial condition and results of operations during the periods included in the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, which are a part of this filing. Reference to the Bancorp incorporates the parent holding company and all consolidated subsidiaries.

TABLE 1: Selected Financial Data

 

     For the three months
ended March 31,
     % Change  

($ in millions, except for per share data)

   2013     2012     

Income Statement Data

       

Net interest income(a)

   $ 893        903         (1

Noninterest income

     743        769         (3

Total revenue(a)

     1,636        1,672         (2

Provision for loan and lease losses

     62        91         (31

Noninterest expense

     978        973         —     

Net income attributable to Bancorp

     422        430         (2

Net income available to common shareholders

     413        421         (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Common Share Data

       

Earnings per share, basic

   $ 0.47        0.46         2   

Earnings per share, diluted

     0.46        0.45         2   

Cash dividends per common share

     0.11        0.08         38   

Book value per share

     15.42        14.30         8   

Market value per share

     16.31        14.04         16   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial Ratios (%)

       

Return on assets

     1.41      1.49         (5

Return on average common equity

     12.5        13.1         (4

Dividend payout ratio

     23.4        17.4         35   

Average equity as a percent of average assets

     11.38        11.49         (1

Tangible common equity(b)

     9.03        9.02         —    

Net interest margin(a)

     3.42        3.61         (5

Efficiency(a)

     59.8        58.3         3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Credit Quality

       

Net losses charged off

   $ 133        220         (39

Net losses charged off as a percent of average loans and leases

     0.63      1.08         (42

ALLL as a percent of portfolio loans and leases

     2.08        2.59         (20

Allowance for credit losses as a percent of portfolio loans and leases(c)

     2.28        2.81         (19

Nonperforming assets as a percent of portfolio loans, leases and other assets, including other real estate owned(d)

     1.41        2.03         (31
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average Balances

       

Loans and leases, including held for sale

   $ 88,880        83,757         6   

Total securities and other short-term investments

     16,846        16,735         1   

Total assets

     121,117        116,325         4   

Transaction deposits(e)

     80,938        77,135         5   

Core deposits(f)

     84,920        81,686         4   

Wholesale funding(g)

     17,683        16,596         7   

Bancorp shareholders’ equity

     13,779        13,366         3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Regulatory Capital Ratios (%)

       

Tier I risk-based capital

     10.83      12.20         (11

Total risk-based capital

     14.35        16.07         (11

Tier I leverage

     10.03        11.31         (11

Tier I common equity(b)

     9.70        9.64         1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Amounts presented on an FTE basis. The FTE adjustment for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 was $5.
(b) The tangible common equity and Tier I common equity ratios are non-GAAP measures. For further information, see the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of the MD&A.
(c) The allowance for credit losses is the sum of the ALLL and the reserve for unfunded commitments.
(d) Excludes nonaccrual loans held for sale.
(e) Includes demand, interest checking, savings, money market and foreign office deposits.
(f) Includes transaction deposits plus other time deposits.
(g) Includes certificates $100,000 and over, other deposits, federal funds purchased, other short-term borrowings and long-term debt.

 

4


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

OVERVIEW

Fifth Third Bancorp is a diversified financial services company headquartered in Cincinnati, Ohio. At March 31, 2013, the Bancorp had $121.4 billion in assets, operated 18 affiliates with 1,320 full-service Banking Centers, including 104 Bank Mart® locations open seven days a week inside select grocery stores, and 2,426 ATMs in 12 states throughout the Midwestern and Southeastern regions of the U.S. The Bancorp reports on four business segments: Commercial Banking, Branch Banking, Consumer Lending and Investment Advisors. The Bancorp also has a 33% interest in Vantiv Holding, LLC. The carrying value of the Bancorp’s investment in Vantiv Holding, LLC was $574 million as of March 31, 2013.

This overview of MD&A highlights selected information in the financial results of the Bancorp and may not contain all of the information that is important to you. For a more complete understanding of trends, events, commitments, uncertainties, liquidity, capital resources and critical accounting policies and estimates, you should carefully read this entire document as well as the 2012 Form 10-K. Each of these items could have an impact on the Bancorp’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, see the Glossary of Terms in this report for a list of abbreviations and acronyms included as a tool for the reader of this quarterly report on Form 10-Q. The abbreviations and acronyms identified therein are used throughout this MD&A, as well as the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Bancorp believes that banking is first and foremost a relationship business where the strength of the competition and challenges for growth can vary in every market. The Bancorp believes its affiliate operating model provides a competitive advantage by emphasizing individual relationships. Through its affiliate operating model, individual managers at all levels within the affiliates are given the opportunity to tailor financial solutions for their customers.

Net interest income, net interest margin and the efficiency ratio are presented in MD&A on an FTE basis. The FTE basis adjusts for the tax-favored status of income from certain loans and securities held by the Bancorp that are not taxable for federal income tax purposes. The Bancorp believes this presentation to be the preferred industry measurement of net interest income as it provides a relevant comparison between taxable and non-taxable amounts.

The Bancorp’s revenues are dependent on both net interest income and noninterest income. For the three months ended March 31, 2013, net interest income, on an FTE basis, and noninterest income provided 55% and 45% of total revenue, respectively. The Bancorp derives the majority of its revenues within the U.S. from customers domiciled in the U.S. Revenue from foreign countries and external customers domiciled in foreign countries is immaterial to the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. Changes in interest rates, credit quality, economic trends and the capital markets are primary factors that drive the performance of the Bancorp. As discussed later in the Risk Management section, risk identification, measurement, monitoring, control and reporting are important to the management of risk and to the financial performance and capital strength of the Bancorp.

Net interest income is the difference between interest income earned on assets such as loans, leases and securities, and interest expense incurred on liabilities such as deposits, short-term borrowings and long-term debt. Net interest income is affected by the general level of interest rates, the relative level of short-term and long-term interest rates, changes in interest rates and changes in the amount and composition of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Generally, the rates of interest the Bancorp earns on its assets and pays on its liabilities are established for a period of time. The change in market interest rates over time exposes the Bancorp to interest rate risk through potential adverse changes to net interest income and financial position. The Bancorp manages this risk by continually analyzing and adjusting the composition of its assets and liabilities based on their payment streams and interest rates, the timing of their maturities and their sensitivity to changes in market interest rates. Additionally, in the ordinary course of business, the Bancorp enters into certain derivative transactions as part of its overall strategy to manage its interest rate and prepayment risks. The Bancorp is also exposed to the risk of losses on its loan and lease portfolio, as a result of changing expected cash flows caused by borrower credit events, such as, loan defaults and inadequate collateral due to a weakened economy within the Bancorp’s footprint.

Noninterest income is derived primarily from mortgage banking net revenue, service charges on deposits, corporate banking revenue, investment advisory revenue, card and processing revenue and other noninterest income. Noninterest expense is primarily driven by personnel costs, net occupancy expenses, and technology and communication costs.

CCAR Results

On March 14, 2013, the Bancorp announced the results of its capital plan submitted to the FRB as part of the 2013 CCAR. The FRB indicated to the Bancorp that it did not object to the following capital actions for the period beginning April 1, 2013 and ending March 31, 2014: the potential increase in its quarterly common stock dividend to $0.12 per share; the potential repurchase of up to $750 million in TruPS, subject to the determination of a regulatory capital event and replacement with the issuance of a similar amount of Tier II-qualifying subordinated debt; the potential conversion of the $398 million in outstanding Series G 8.5% convertible preferred stock into approximately 35.5 million common shares issued to the holders and the repurchase of the common shares issued in the conversion up to $550 million in market value, and the issuance of $550 million in preferred shares; the potential repurchase of common shares in an amount up to $984 million, including any shares issued in a Series G preferred stock conversion and the potential issuance of an additional $500 million in preferred stock. In addition, the Bancorp intends to make incremental repurchases of common shares in the amount of any after-tax gains from the sale of Vantiv, Inc. common stock. For more information on the 2013 CCAR results, refer to the Capital Management section of MD&A.

 

5


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

Accelerated Share Repurchase Transactions

On November 6, 2012, the Bancorp entered into an accelerated share repurchase transaction with a counterparty pursuant to which the Bancorp purchased 7,710,761 shares, or approximately $125 million, of its outstanding common stock on November 9, 2012. The Bancorp repurchased the shares of its common stock as part of its 100 million share repurchase program announced in August of 2012. As part of this transaction and all subsequent accelerated share repurchases, the Bancorp entered into a forward contract in which the final number of shares to be delivered at settlement of the accelerated share repurchase transaction will be based generally on a discount to the average daily volume-weighted average price of the Bancorp’s common stock during the term of the Repurchase Agreement. The accelerated share repurchase was treated as two separate transactions (i) the acquisition of treasury shares on the acquisition date and (ii) a forward contract indexed to the Bancorp’s stock. At settlement of the forward contract on February 12, 2013, the Bancorp received an additional 657,914 shares which were recorded as an adjustment to the basis in the treasury shares purchased on the acquisition date.

Following the sale of a portion of the Bancorp’s shares of Class A Vantiv, Inc. common stock in 2012, the Bancorp entered into an accelerated share purchase transaction on December 14, 2012 with a counterparty pursuant to which the Bancorp purchased 6,267,410 shares, or approximately $100 million, of its outstanding common stock on December 19, 2012. The Bancorp repurchased the shares of its common stock as part of its previously announced 100 million share repurchase program. At settlement of the transaction on February 27, 2013, the Bancorp received an additional 127,760 shares which were recorded as an adjustment to the basis in the treasury shares purchased on the acquisition date.

On January 28, 2013, the Bancorp entered into an accelerated share repurchase transaction with a counterparty pursuant to which the Bancorp purchased 6,953,028 shares, or approximately $125 million, of its outstanding common stock on January 31, 2013. The Bancorp repurchased the shares of its common stock as part of its previously announced 100 million share repurchase program. This repurchase transaction concluded the $600 million of common share repurchases not objected to by the FRB in the 2012 CCAR process. At settlement of the forward contract on April 5, 2013, the Bancorp received an additional 849,037 shares which were recorded as an adjustment to the basis in the treasury shares purchased on the acquisition date.

On March 19, 2013, the Board of Directors authorized the Bancorp to repurchase up to 100 million common shares in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions, and to utilize any derivative or similar instrument to effect share repurchase transactions. This share repurchase authorization replaced the Board’s previous authorization from August of 2012.

Senior Notes Offering

On February 25, 2013, the Bancorp’s banking subsidiary updated and amended its existing global bank note program. The amended global bank note program increased the Bank’s capacity to issue its senior and subordinated unsecured bank notes from $20 billion to $25 billion. Additionally, on February 28, 2013, the Bank issued and sold, under its amended bank notes program, $1.3 billion in aggregate principal amount of unsecured senior bank notes. The bank notes consisted of: $600 million of 1.45% senior fixed rate notes, with a maturity of five years, due on February 28, 2018; $400 million of 0.90% senior fixed rate notes with a maturity of three years, due on February 26, 2016; and $300 million of senior floating rate notes. Interest on the floating rate notes is 3-month LIBOR plus 41 bps, with a maturity of three years, due on February 26, 2016. The bank notes will be redeemable by the Bank, in whole or in part, on or after the date that is 30 days prior to the maturity date at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest through the redemption date.

Legislative Developments

On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act was signed into federal law. This act implements changes to the financial services industry and affects the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. The legislation establishes a CFPB responsible for implementing and enforcing compliance with consumer financial laws, changes the methodology for determining deposit insurance assessments, gives the FRB the ability to regulate and limit interchange rates charged to merchants for the use of debit cards, enacts new limitations on proprietary trading, broadens the scope of derivative instruments subject to regulation, requires on-going stress tests and the submission of annual capital plans for certain organizations and requires changes to regulatory capital ratios. This act also calls for federal regulatory agencies to conduct multiple studies over the next several years in order to implement its provisions. While the total impact of the fully implemented Dodd-Frank Act on the Bancorp is not currently known, the impact is expected to be substantial and may have an adverse impact on the Bancorp’s financial performance and growth opportunities.

The Bancorp was impacted by a number of components of the Dodd-Frank Act which were implemented in 2012 and 2013. On October 9, 2012, the FRB published final stress testing rules that implement section 165(i)(1) and (i)(2) of the Dodd-Frank Act. The bank holding companies that participated in the 2009 SCAP and subsequent CCAR, which includes the Bancorp, are subject to the final stress testing rules. The rules require both supervisory and company-run stress tests, which provide forward-looking information to supervisors to help assess whether institutions have sufficient capital to absorb losses and support operations during adverse economic conditions.

The FRB launched the 2013 stress testing program and CCAR on November 9, 2012. The CCAR required bank holding companies to submit a capital plan in addition to their stress testing results. The mandatory elements of the capital plan were an assessment of the expected use and sources of capital over the planning horizon, a description of all planned capital actions over the planning horizon, a discussion of any expected changes to the Bancorp’s business plan that are likely to have a material impact on its capital adequacy or liquidity, a detailed description of the Bancorp’s process for assessing capital adequacy and the Bancorp’s capital policy. The stress testing results and capital plan were submitted by the Bancorp to the FRB on January 7, 2013. In March of 2013, the FRB disclosed its estimates of participating institutions results under the FRB supervisory stress scenario, including capital results, which assume all banks take certain consistently applied future capital actions. In addition, the FRB disclosed its estimates of participating institutions results under the FRB supervisory severe stress scenarios including capital results based on each company’s own base scenario capital actions. On March 14, 2013, the Bancorp announced the results of its capital plan and company run stress test submitted to the FRB as part of the 2013 CCAR.

 

6


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

The FRB’s review of the capital plan assessed the comprehensiveness of the capital plan, the reasonableness of the assumptions and the analysis underlying the capital plan. Additionally, the FRB reviewed the robustness of the capital adequacy process, the capital policy and the Bancorp’s ability to maintain capital above the minimum regulatory capital ratios and above a Tier I common ratio of five percent on a pro forma basis under expected and stressful conditions throughout the planning horizon. The FRB assessed the Bancorp’s strategies for addressing proposed revisions to the regulatory capital framework agreed upon by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and requirements arising from the Dodd-Frank Act. For further discussion on the 2013 Stress Tests and CCAR, see the Capital Management section in MD&A.

In January of 2013, the CFPB issued several final regulations and changes to certain consumer protections under existing laws. These regulations are intended to strengthen consumer protections for high-cost mortgages, amend escrow requirements under the Truth in Lending Act, require mortgage lenders to consider the consumers’ ability to repay home loans before extending them credit, implement mortgage servicing rules, amend the Equal Credit Opportunity Act regarding appraisals and other written valuations for first lien residential mortgage loans and revises the Truth in Lending Act to strengthen loan originator qualification requirements and regulate industry compensation practices. These regulations take effect in 2014 except for the escrow requirements and certain provisions of the compensation rules under the Truth in Lending Act which take effect on June 1, 2013. The Bancorp is currently assessing the impact these new regulations will have on its Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Fifth Third offers qualified deposit customers a deposit advance product if they choose to avail themselves of this service to meet short term, small-dollar financial needs. In April of 2013, the CFPB issued a “White Paper” which studied financial services industry offerings and customer use of deposit advance products as well as payday loans. At the same time, the OCC and FDIC each issued proposed supervisory guidance for public comment to institutions they supervise which supplements existing OCC and FDIC guidance, detailing the principles they expect financial institutions to follow in connection with deposit advance products and supervisory expectations for the use of deposit advance products. The Federal Reserve also issued a statement in April to state member banks like Fifth Third for whom the Federal Reserve is the primary regulator. This statement encouraged state member banks to respond to customers’ small-dollar credit needs in a responsible manner; emphasized that they should take into consideration the risks associated with deposit advance products, including potential consumer harm and potential elevated compliance risk; and reminded them that these product offerings must comply with applicable laws and regulations. Fifth Third’s deposit advance product was designed to fully comply with all applicable federal and state laws. Use of this product is subject to strict eligibility requirements and advance restriction guidelines to limit dependency on this product as a borrowing source. Fifth Third believes this product provides customers with a relatively low-cost alternative for such needs. Fifth Third is currently evaluating the Federal Reserve’s statement, the proposed guidance by other regulators, and the CFPB’s White Paper, to determine whether any changes need to be made to this offering and alternative methods, products and services to ensure that we are able to continue to meet our customers’ needs. As a result, we cannot at this time estimate the negative financial impact of any changes that may be required as a result of these or future developments. These advance balances are included in other consumer loans and leases on the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets with revenue reported in interest and fees on loans and leases in the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income and in Table 3 in the Statements of Income Analysis section of MD&A.

In December of 2010 and revised in June of 2011, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision issued Basel III, a global regulatory framework, to enhance international capital standards. In June of 2012, U.S. banking regulators proposed enhancements to the regulatory capital requirements for U.S. banks, which implement aspects of Basel III, such as re-defining the regulatory capital elements and minimum capital ratios, introducing regulatory capital buffers above those minimums, revising the agencies’ rules for calculating risk-weighted assets and introducing a new Tier I common equity ratio. The Bancorp continues to evaluate these proposals and their potential impact. The banking agencies have not implemented final rules for the new regulatory framework to date. For more information on the impact of the proposed regulatory capital enhancements, refer to the Capital Management section of MD&A.

In October of 2011, the banking agencies issued an NPR that would implement the provisions of the Volcker Rule. These provisions prohibit banks and bank holding companies from engaging in certain types of proprietary trading. The scope of the proprietary trading prohibition, and its impact on Fifth Third, will depend on the definitions in the final rule, particularly those definitions related to statutory exemptions for risk-mitigating hedging activities, market-making and customer-related activities. The Volcker Rule and the rulemakings promulgated thereunder are also expected to restrict banks and their affiliated entities from investing in or sponsoring certain private equity and hedge funds. Fifth Third does not sponsor any private equity or hedge funds that, under the proposed rule, it is prohibited from sponsoring. As of March 31, 2013, the Bancorp had approximately $164 million in interests and approximately $105 million binding commitments to invest in private equity funds likely to be affected by the Volcker Rule. It is expected that over time the Bancorp may need to eliminate these investments although it is likely that these amounts will be reduced over time in the ordinary course before compliance is required.

In November 2010, the FDIC implemented a final rule amending its deposit insurance regulations to implement section 343 of the Dodd-Frank Act providing for unlimited deposit insurance for noninterest-bearing transaction accounts for two years starting December 31, 2010. The FDIC did not charge a separate assessment for the insurance unlike the previous Transaction Account Guarantee Program. Beginning January 1, 2013, noninterest-bearing transaction accounts are no longer insured separately from depositors’ other accounts at the same insured depository institution.

Earnings Summary

The Bancorp’s net income available to common shareholders for the first quarter of 2013 was $413 million, or $0.46 per diluted share, which was net of $9 million in preferred stock dividends. The Bancorp’s net income available to common shareholders for the first quarter of 2012

 

7


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

was $421 million, or $0.45 per diluted share, which was net of $9 million in preferred stock dividends. Pre-provision net revenue was $653 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to $694 million in the same period in 2012. Pre-provision net revenue is a non-GAAP measure. For further information, see the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section in MD&A.

Net interest income was $893 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2013 compared to $903 million in the first quarter of 2012. Net interest income was negatively impacted by a 34 bps decrease in yields on the Bancorp’s interest-earning assets, partially offset by an increase in average loans and leases of $5.1 billion due primarily to increases in average commercial and industrial loans and average residential mortgage loans. In addition, a reduction in higher cost average long-term debt coupled with a 20 bps decrease in the rates paid on average interest-bearing liabilities resulted in a decrease in interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012. Net interest margin was 3.42% and 3.61% for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Noninterest income decreased $26 million, or three percent, in the first quarter of 2013 compared to the same period in the prior year. The decrease from the first quarter of 2012 was primarily due to a decrease in other noninterest income partially offset by increases in mortgage banking net revenue, net securities gains and card and processing revenue. Other noninterest income decreased $66 million, or 37%, primarily due to the $115 million gain from the Vantiv, Inc. IPO in the first quarter of 2012. This impact was partially offset by a $41 million increase in equity method income recorded from the Bancorp’s ownership interest in Vantiv Holding, LLC. Mortgage banking net revenue increased $16 million, or seven percent, primarily due to an increase in positive net valuation adjustments on servicing rights and free-standing derivatives entered into to economically hedge the MSR portfolio partially offset by an increase in servicing rights amortization expense and a decrease in origination fees and gains on loan sales. Net securities gains were $17 million in the first quarter of 2013, an increase of $8 million, or 92%, compared to the same period in 2012. Card and processing revenue increased $6 million, or 11%, primarily as the result of higher transaction volumes, higher levels of consumer spending and new products.

Noninterest expense increased $5 million in the first quarter of 2013 compared to the same period in 2012.

Credit Summary

The Bancorp does not originate subprime mortgage loans and does not hold asset-backed securities backed by subprime mortgage loans in its securities portfolio. However, the Bancorp has exposure to disruptions in the capital markets and weakened economic conditions. During 2012 and the first quarter of 2013, the Bancorp has continued to be negatively affected by high unemployment rates, weakened housing markets, particularly in Michigan and Florida, and a challenging credit environment. Credit trends have improved and, as a result, the provision for loan and lease losses decreased to $62 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to $91 million for the same period in 2012. In addition, net charge-offs as a percent of average portfolio loans and leases decreased to 0.63% during the first quarter of 2013 compared to 1.08% during the first quarter of 2012. At March 31, 2013, nonperforming assets as a percent of portfolio loans, leases and other assets, including OREO (excluding nonaccrual loans held for sale) decreased to 1.41%, compared to 1.49% at December 31, 2012. For further discussion on credit quality, see the Credit Risk Management section in MD&A.

Capital Summary

The Bancorp’s capital ratios exceed the “well-capitalized” guidelines as defined by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. As of March 31, 2013, the Tier I risk-based capital ratio was 10.83%, the Tier I leverage ratio was 10.03% and the total risk-based capital ratio was 14.35%.

 

8


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

The Bancorp considers various measures when evaluating capital utilization and adequacy, including the tangible equity ratio, tangible common equity ratio and Tier I common equity ratio, in addition to capital ratios defined by banking regulators. These calculations are intended to complement the capital ratios defined by banking regulators for both absolute and comparative purposes. Because U.S. GAAP does not include capital ratio measures, the Bancorp believes there are no comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures to these ratios. These ratios are not formally defined by U.S. GAAP or codified in the federal banking regulations and, therefore, are considered to be non-GAAP financial measures. Since analysts and banking regulators may assess the Bancorp’s capital adequacy using these ratios, the Bancorp believes they are useful to provide investors the ability to assess its capital adequacy on the same basis.

The Bancorp believes these non-GAAP measures are important because they reflect the level of capital available to withstand unexpected market conditions. Additionally, presentation of these measures allows readers to compare certain aspects of the Bancorp’s capitalization to other organizations. However, because there are no standardized definitions for these ratios, the Bancorp’s calculations may not be comparable with other organizations, and the usefulness of these measures to investors may be limited. As a result, the Bancorp encourages readers to consider its Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements in their entirety and not to rely on any single financial measure.

The banking regulators issued proposed capital rules (Basel III) in June of 2012 that would substantially amend the existing risk-based capital rules (Basel I) for banks. The Bancorp believes providing an estimate of its capital position based upon its interpretation of these proposed rules is important to complement the existing capital ratios and for comparability to other financial institutions. Since these rules are in proposal stage, they are considered non-GAAP measures and therefore are included in the following non-GAAP financial measures table.

Pre-provision net revenue is net interest income plus noninterest income minus noninterest expense. The Bancorp believes this measure is important because it provides a ready view of the Bancorp’s earnings before the impact of provision expense.

 

9


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

The following table reconciles non-GAAP financial measures to U.S. GAAP as of or for the three months ended:

TABLE 2: Non-GAAP Financial Measures

 

($ in millions)

   March 31,
2013
    March 31,
2012
 

Income before income taxes (U.S. GAAP)

   $ 591        603   

Add: Provision expense (U.S. GAAP)

     62        91   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pre-provision net revenue

     653        694   

Net income available to common shareholders (U.S. GAAP)

   $ 413        421   

Add: Intangible amortization, net of tax

     1        3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible net income available to common shareholders

     414        424   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     March 31,
2013
    December 31,
2012
 

Total Bancorp shareholders’ equity (U.S. GAAP)

   $ 13,882        13,716   

Less: Preferred stock

     (398     (398

Goodwill

     (2,416     (2,416

Intangible assets

     (25     (27
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible common equity, including unrealized gains / losses

     11,043        10,875   

Less: Accumulated other comprehensive income

     (333     (375
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible common equity, excluding unrealized gains / losses (1)

     10,710        10,500   

Add: Preferred stock

     398        398   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible equity (2)

   $ 11,108        10,898   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets (U.S. GAAP)

   $ 121,382        121,894   

Less: Goodwill

     (2,416     (2,416

Intangible assets

     (25     (27

Accumulated other comprehensive income, before tax

     (512     (577
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible assets, excluding unrealized gains / losses (3)

   $ 118,429        118,874   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Bancorp shareholders’ equity (U.S. GAAP)

   $ 13,882        13,716   

Less: Goodwill and certain other intangibles

     (2,504     (2,499

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     (333     (375

Add: Qualifying TruPS

     810        810   

Other

     23        33   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier I risk-based capital

     11,878        11,685   

Less: Preferred stock

     (398     (398

Qualifying TruPS

     (810     (810

Qualified noncontrolling interests in consolidated subsidiaries

     (38     (48
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier I common equity (4)

   $ 10,632        10,429   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Risk-weighted assets (5) (a)

   $ 109,626        109,699   

Ratios:

    

Tangible equity (2) / (3)

     9.36      9.17   

Tangible common equity (1) / (3)

     9.03      8.83   

Tier I common equity (4) / (5)

     9.70      9.51   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basel III—Estimated Tier I common equity ratio

    

Tier I common equity (Basel I)

   $ 10,632        10,429   

Add: Adjustment related to AOCI for available-for-sale securities

     397        429   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Estimated Tier I common equity under Basel III rules(b)

     11,029        10,858   

Estimated risk-weighted assets under Basel III rules(c)

     123,696        123,725   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Estimated Tier I common equity ratio under Basel III rules

     8.91      8.78   

 

(a) Under the banking agencies’ risk-based capital guidelines, assets and credit equivalent amounts of derivatives and off-balance sheet exposures are assigned to broad risk categories. The aggregate dollar amount in each risk category is multiplied by the associated risk weight of the category. The resulting weighted values are added together, along with the measure for market risk, resulting in the Bancorp’s total risk-weighted assets.
(b) Tier I common equity under Basel III includes the unrealized gains and losses for available-for-sale securities.
(c) Key differences under Basel III in the calculation of risk-weighted assets compared to Basel I include: (1) risk weighting for commitments under 1 year; (2) higher risk weighting for exposures to residential mortgage, home equity, past due loans, foreign banks and certain commercial real estate; (3) higher risk weighting for mortgage servicing rights and deferred tax assets that are under certain thresholds as a percent of Tier I capital; (4) incremental capital requirements for stress VaR; and (5) derivatives are differentiated between exchange clearing and over-the-counter and the 50% risk-weight cap is removed. The estimated Basel III risk-weighted assets are based upon the Bancorp’s interpretations of the three draft Federal Register notices proposing enhancements to the regulatory capital requirements that were published in June of 2012. These amounts are preliminary and subject to change depending on the adoption of final Basel III capital rules by the Regulatory Agencies.

 

10


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

RECENT ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

Note 3 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements provides a discussion of the significant new accounting standards applicable to the Bancorp and the expected impact of significant accounting standards issued, but not yet required to be adopted.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Certain accounting policies require management to exercise judgment in determining methodologies, economic assumptions and estimates that may materially affect the Bancorp’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows. The Bancorp’s critical accounting policies include the accounting for the ALLL, reserve for unfunded commitments, income taxes, valuation of servicing rights, fair value measurements and goodwill. These accounting policies are discussed in detail in Management’s Discussion and Analysis – Critical Accounting Policies in the Bancorp’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012. No material changes were made to the valuation techniques or models during the three months ended March 31, 2013.

 

11


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

STATEMENTS OF INCOME ANALYSIS

Net Interest Income

Net interest income is the interest earned on securities, loans and leases (including yield-related fees) and other interest-earning assets less the interest paid for core deposits (includes transaction deposits and other time deposits) and wholesale funding (includes certificates of deposit $100,000 and over, other deposits, federal funds purchased, short-term borrowings and long-term debt). The net interest margin is calculated by dividing net interest income by average interest-earning assets. Net interest rate spread is the difference between the average yield earned on interest-earning assets and the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest margin is typically greater than net interest rate spread due to the interest income earned on those assets that are funded by noninterest-bearing liabilities, or free funding, such as demand deposits or shareholders’ equity.

Table 3 presents the components of net interest income, net interest margin and net interest rate spread for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, as well as the relative impact of changes in the balance sheet and changes in interest rates on net interest income. Nonaccrual loans and leases and loans held for sale have been included in the average loan and lease balances. Average outstanding securities balances are based on amortized cost with any unrealized gains or losses on available-for-sale securities included in other assets.

Net interest income was $893 million for the first quarter of 2013, a decrease of $10 million compared to the first quarter of 2012. Included within net interest income are amounts related to the accretion of discounts on acquired loans and deposits, primarily as a result of acquisitions in previous years, which increased net interest income by $5 million during the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to $8 million during the three months ended March 31, 2012. The original purchase accounting discounts reflected the high discount rates in the market at the time of the acquisitions; the total loan discounts are being accreted into net interest income over the remaining period to maturity of the loans acquired. Based upon the remaining period to maturity, and excluding the impact of potential prepayments, the Bancorp anticipates recognizing approximately $6 million in additional net interest income during the remainder of 2013 as a result of the amortization and accretion of premiums and discounts on acquired loans and deposits.

For the three months ended March 31, 2013, net interest income was negatively impacted by a 34 bps decline in yields on the Bancorp’s interest-earning assets compared to the first quarter of 2012. The decrease in yields on interest-earning assets was partially offset by an increase in average loans and leases of $5.1 billion, as well as a decrease in interest expense compared to the same period in 2012. The decrease in interest expense was primarily the result of a $2.3 billion decrease in average long-term debt coupled with a 47 bps decrease in the rate paid on average long-term debt. The net interest rate spread decreased to 3.25% in the first quarter of 2013 from 3.39% in the same period in 2012, as the benefit of the decrease in rates on interest-bearing liabilities was more than offset by a 34 bps decrease in yield on average interest-earnings assets.

Net interest margin was 3.42% for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to 3.61% for the three months ended March 31, 2012. Net interest margin was impacted by the amortization and accretion of premiums and discounts on acquired loans and deposits that resulted in an increase in net interest margin of 2 bps during the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to a 3 bps increase during the three months ended March 31, 2012. Exclusive of these amounts, net interest margin decreased 18 bps for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the same period in the prior year. The decrease from the same period in 2012 was driven primarily by the previously mentioned decline in the yield on average interest-earning assets, partially offset by an increase in average loans and leases and a reduction in higher cost long-term debt.

Interest income from loans and leases decreased $17 million, or two percent, compared to the first quarter of 2012. The decrease from the three months ended March 31, 2012 was primarily the result of a decrease of 30 bps in average loans and leases yields partially offset by an increase of six percent in average loans and leases. The increase in average loans and leases for the three months ended March 31, 2013 was driven primarily by an increase of 16% in average commercial and industrial loans and an increase of 15% in average residential mortgage loans. For more information on the Bancorp’s loan and lease portfolio, see the Loans and Leases section of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A. In addition, interest income from investment securities and other short-term investments decreased $28 million, or 20%, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012, primarily as the result of a 70 bps decrease in the average yield on taxable securities.

Average core deposits increased $3.2 billion, or four percent, compared to the first quarter of 2012. The increase was primarily due to an increase in average money market deposits, average demand deposits and average interest checking deposits partially offset by decreases in average savings deposits and average foreign office deposits. The cost of average core deposits decreased to 19 bps for the three months ended March 31, 2013 from 22 bps for the three months ended March 31, 2012. This decrease was primarily the result of an 8 bps decrease in the rate paid on average savings deposits compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012.

For the three months ended March 31, 2013, interest expense on average wholesale funding decreased $29 million, or 30%, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012, primarily as a result of a $2.3 billion decrease in average long-term debt coupled with a 47 bps decrease in the rate paid on average long-term debt. The reduction in higher cost long-term debt was primarily the result of the redemption of outstanding TruPS and FHLB debt in 2012. In the third quarter of 2012, the Bancorp redeemed $1.4 billion of outstanding TruPS which had a 7.25% distribution rate. Additionally, in the fourth quarter of 2012, the Bancorp terminated $1.0 billion of FHLB debt with a fixed rate of 4.56%. Refer to the Borrowings section of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A for additional information on the Bancorp’s borrowings. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, average wholesale funding represented 24% of average interest-bearing liabilities compared to 23% during the three months ended March 31, 2012. For more information on the Bancorp’s interest rate risk management, including estimated earnings sensitivity to changes in market interest rates, see the Market Risk Management section of MD&A.

 

12


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

TABLE 3: Condensed Average Balance Sheets and Analysis of Net Interest Income

 

For the three months ended

   March 31, 2013     March 31, 2012     Attribution of Change in
Net Interest Income(a)
 

($ in millions)

   Average
Balance
    Revenue/
Cost
     Average
Yield/
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Revenue/
Cost
     Average
Yield/
Rate
    Volume     Yield/Rate     Total  

Assets

                    

Interest-earning assets:

                    

Loans and leases:(b)

                    

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 36,423      $ 350         3.90    $ 31,421      $ 328         4.20    $ 47        (25     22   

Commercial mortgage

     8,978        80         3.63        10,077        99         3.95        (11     (8     (19

Commercial construction

     700        6         3.21        1,008        8         3.04        (2     —          (2

Commercial leases

     3,557        30         3.38        3,543        33         3.79        1        (4     (3
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal – commercial

     49,658        466         3.80        46,049        468         4.09        35        (37     (2

Residential mortgage loans

     14,866        146         3.98        12,928        134         4.17        18        (6     12   

Home equity

     9,872        91         3.74        10,606        101         3.85        (7     (3     (10

Automobile loans

     12,096        98         3.29        11,882        118         3.99        1        (21     (20

Credit card

     2,069        49         9.67        1,926        45         9.43        3        1        4   

Other consumer loans/leases

     319        36         46.77        366        37         40.13        (7     6        (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal – consumer

     39,222        420         4.35        37,708        435         4.64        8        (23     (15
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans and leases

     88,880        886         4.04        83,757        903         4.34        43        (60     (17

Securities:

                    

Taxable

     15,224        112         2.98        15,313        140         3.68        (2     (26     (28

Exempt from income taxes(b)

     51        1         5.44        59        1         5.60        —         —          —    

Other short-term investments

     1,571        1         0.26        1,363        1         0.26        —         —          —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

     105,726        1,000         3.84        100,492        1,045         4.18        41        (86     (45

Cash and due from banks

     2,225             2,345              

Other assets

     15,016             15,734              

Allowance for loan and lease losses

     (1,850          (2,246           
  

 

 

        

 

 

            

Total assets

   $ 121,117           $ 116,325              
  

 

 

        

 

 

            

Liabilities and Equity

                    

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                    

Interest checking

   $ 23,763      $ 13         0.23    $ 22,308      $ 12         0.22    $ —         1        1   

Savings

     19,576        6         0.13        21,944        11         0.21        (1     (4     (5

Money market

     7,932        5         0.24        4,543        3         0.22        2        —          2   

Foreign office deposits

     1,102        1         0.26        2,277        2         0.26        (1     —          (1

Other time deposits

     3,982        15         1.50        4,551        18         1.62        (2     (1     (3

Certificates - $100,000 and over

     4,017        11         1.09        3,178        12         1.55        3        (4     (1

Other deposits

     40        —           0.13        19        —           0.08        —         —          —    

Federal funds purchased

     691        —           0.14        370        —           0.10        —         —          —    

Other short-term borrowings

     5,429        2         0.18        3,261        1         0.12        —         1        1   

Long-term debt

     7,506        54         2.94        9,768        83         3.41        (19     (10     (29
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest - bearing liabilities

     74,038        107         0.59        72,219        142         0.79        (18     (17     (35

Demand deposits

     28,565             26,063              

Other liabilities

     4,687             4,627              
  

 

 

        

 

 

            

Total liabilities

     107,290             102,909              

Total equity

     13,827             13,416              
  

 

 

        

 

 

            

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 121,117           $ 116,325              
  

 

 

        

 

 

            

Net interest income

     $ 893           $ 903         $ 59        (69     (10

Net interest margin

          3.42           3.61       

Net interest rate spread

          3.25             3.39         

Interest-bearing liabilities to interest-earning assets

  

       70.03             71.86         
       

 

 

        

 

 

       

 

(a) Changes in interest not solely due to volume or yield/rate are allocated in proportion to the absolute dollar amount of change in volume and yield/rate.
(b) The FTE adjustments included in the above table were $5 for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012.

Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

The Bancorp provides as an expense an amount for probable loan and lease losses within the loan and lease portfolio that is based on factors previously discussed in the Critical Accounting Policies section of the Bancorp’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012. The provision is recorded to bring the ALLL to a level deemed appropriate by the Bancorp to cover losses inherent in the portfolio. Actual credit losses on loans and leases are charged against the ALLL. The amount of loans actually removed from the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets is referred to as charge-offs. Net charge-offs include current period charge-offs less recoveries on previously charged-off loans and leases.

The provision for loan and lease losses was $62 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to $91 million during the same period in 2012. The decrease in provision expense compared to the same period in the prior year was due to decreases in nonperforming loans and leases, improved delinquency metrics in commercial and consumer loans and leases, and improvement in underlying loss trends. The

 

13


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

ALLL declined $71 million from $1.9 billion at December 31, 2012 to $1.8 billion at March 31, 2013. As of March 31, 2013, the ALLL as a percent of portfolio loans and leases decreased to 2.08%, compared to 2.16% at December 31, 2012.

Refer to the Credit Risk Management section of the MD&A as well as Note 6 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for more detailed information on the provision for loan and lease losses, including an analysis of loan portfolio composition, nonperforming assets, net charge-offs, and other factors considered by the Bancorp in assessing the credit quality of the loan and lease portfolio and the ALLL.

Noninterest Income

Noninterest income decreased $26 million, or three percent, for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012.

The components of noninterest income are as follows:

TABLE 4: Noninterest Income

 

     For the three months
ended March 31,
        

($ in millions)

   2013      2012      % Change  

Mortgage banking net revenue

   $ 220         204         7   

Service charges on deposits

     131         129         1   

Investment advisory revenue

     100         96         4   

Corporate banking revenue

     99         97         2   

Card and processing revenue

     65         59         11   

Other noninterest income

     109         175         (37

Securities gains, net

     17         9         92   

Securities gains, net - non-qualifying hedges on mortgage servicing rights

     2         —           NM   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

   $ 743         769         (3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Mortgage banking net revenue

Mortgage banking net revenue increased $16 million, or seven percent, for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012.

The components of mortgage banking net revenue are as follows:

TABLE 5: Components of Mortgage Banking Net Revenue

 

     For the three months
ended March 31,
 

($ in millions)

   2013     2012  

Origination fees and gains on loan sales

   $ 169        174   

Net servicing revenue:

    

Gross servicing fees

     61        61   

Servicing rights amortization

     (53     (46

Net valuation adjustments on servicing rights and free-standing derivatives entered into to economically hedge MSR

     43        15   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net servicing revenue

     51        30   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Mortgage banking net revenue

   $ 220        204   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Origination fees and gains on loan sales decreased $5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012, as a 15% increase in residential mortgage loan originations was more than offset by a decrease in profit margins on sold residential mortgage loans. Residential mortgage loan originations increased to $7.4 billion during the first quarter of 2013 compared to $6.4 billion during the first quarter of 2012. The increase in originations is primarily due to strong refinancing activity, as mortgage rates remain near historical lows.

Net servicing revenue is comprised of gross servicing fees and related servicing rights amortization as well as valuation adjustments on MSRs and mark-to-market adjustments on both settled and outstanding free-standing derivative financial instruments used to economically hedge the MSR portfolio. Net servicing revenue increased $21 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012, driven primarily by an increase of $28 million in net valuation adjustments. The increase in net valuation adjustments was partially offset by a $7 million increase in servicing rights amortization for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012 due to an increase in MSR volumes.

The net valuation adjustment of $43 million during the first quarter of 2013 included a $49 million recovery on temporary impairment on the MSRs partially offset by $6 million in losses from derivatives economically hedging the MSRs. The net valuation adjustment of $15 million during the first quarter of 2012 included an $11 million recovery on temporary impairment on the MSR portfolio and $4 million in gains from derivatives economically hedging the MSRs. Mortgage rates increased during the three months ended March 31, 2013. This caused

 

14


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

modeled prepayments speeds to slow, which led to the recovery on temporary impairment on servicing rights during the quarter ended March 31, 2013. Gross servicing fees were flat in the first quarter of 2013 compared to the first quarter of 2012. The Bancorp’s total residential loans serviced as of March 31, 2013 and 2012 were $79.5 billion and $72.9 billion, respectively, with $64.8 billion and $60.4 billion, respectively, of residential mortgage loans serviced for others.

Servicing rights are deemed impaired when a borrower’s loan rate is distinctly higher than prevailing rates. Impairment on servicing rights is reversed when the prevailing rates return to a level commensurate with the borrower’s loan rate. Further detail on the valuation of MSRs can be found in Note 9 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. The Bancorp maintains a non-qualifying hedging strategy to manage a portion of the risk associated with changes in the valuation on the MSR portfolio. See Note 10 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on the free-standing derivatives used to economically hedge the MSR portfolio.

In addition to the derivative positions used to economically hedge the MSR portfolio, the Bancorp acquires various securities as a component of its non-qualifying hedging strategy. Unrealized gains of $2 million related to these securities for the three months ended March 31, 2013 were recorded in securities gains, net, non-qualifying hedges on mortgage servicing rights in the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income. There were no sales of securities related to the Bancorp’s non-qualifying hedging strategy during the first quarter of 2012.

Service charges on deposits

Service charges on deposits increased $2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the same period in the prior year. The increase for the three months ended March 31, 2013 was primarily driven by commercial deposit revenue which increased $4 million due to pricing changes implemented during 2012. The increase in commercial deposit revenue was partially offset by a $3 million decrease in consumer deposit revenue due to the elimination of daily overdraft fees on continuing consumer overdraft positions which took effect late in the second quarter of 2012, partially offset by an increase in consumer checking fees due to new deposit product offerings.

Investment advisory revenue

Investment advisory revenue increased $4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012, primarily driven by a $5 million increase in securities and brokerage fees due to an increase in equity market values and a $3 million increase in private client service fees partially offset by a $5 million decline in mutual fund fees due to the sale of certain FTAM advisory contracts in the third quarter of 2012. The Bancorp had approximately $318.0 billion and $295.8 billion in total assets under care as of March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and managed $26.8 billion and $25.6 billion in assets, respectively, for individuals, corporations and not-for-profit organizations for the same comparative periods.

Corporate banking revenue

Corporate banking revenue increased $2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012. The increase compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012 was primarily due to a $4 million increase in institutional sales revenue partially offset by a $2 million decrease in syndication fees.

Card and processing revenue

Card and processing revenue increased $6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012. The increase was the result of higher transaction volumes, higher levels of consumer spending and new products.

Other noninterest income

The major components of other noninterest income are as follows:

TABLE 6: Components of Other Noninterest Income

 

     For the three months
ended March 31,
 

($ in millions)

   2013     2012  

Equity method earnings (losses) from interest in Vantiv Holding, LLC

   $ 17        (24

Operating lease income

     16        14   

Cardholder fees

     11        11   

BOLI income

     10        9   

Banking center income

     9        7   

Insurance income

     8        7   

Consumer loan and lease fees

     6        7   

Gain on loan sales

     2        5   

Gain on Vantiv, Inc. IPO

     —          115   

Loss on sale of OREO

     (10     (17

Loss on swap associated with the sale of Visa, Inc. class B shares

     (7     (19

Other, net

     47        60   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other noninterest income

   $ 109        175   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other noninterest income decreased $66 million, or 37%, in the first quarter of 2013 compared to the first quarter of 2012. The decrease was primarily due to the $115 million gain from the Vantiv, Inc. IPO in the first quarter of 2012. In addition, the “other, net” caption above

 

15


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

included a $34 million gain on valuation adjustments in the first quarter of 2013 on the warrants issued as part of the Bancorp’s sale of its processing business compared with a gain of $46 million on the warrants and put options in the first quarter of 2012. These impacts were partially offset by a $41 million increase in equity method income recorded from the Bancorp’s ownership interest in Vantiv Holding, LLC. The $24 million of equity method losses in the first quarter of 2012 was comprised of $34 million in debt termination charges incurred in connection with the refinancing of Vantiv Holding, LLC debt held by the Bancorp partially offset by $10 million in first quarter equity method earnings. Loss on sale of OREO decreased $7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012. In addition, the “other, net” caption above included a $7 million gain on the sale of certain FTAM funds in the first quarter of 2013. Finally, other noninterest income included a $12 million decrease in the loss related to the Visa total return swap which had a negative valuation adjustment of $7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared with a negative valuation adjustment of $19 million for the comparable prior year period. For additional information on the valuation of the swap associated with the sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares and the valuation of warrants associated with the sale of the processing business, see Note 19 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Noninterest Expense

Total noninterest expense increased $5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012.

The major components of noninterest expense are as follows:

TABLE 7: Noninterest Expense

 

     For the three months
ended March 31,
       

($ in millions)

   2013     2012     % Change  

Salaries, wages and incentives

   $ 399        399        —    

Employee benefits

     114        112        2   

Net occupancy expense

     79        77        2   

Technology and communications

     49        47        6   

Card and processing expense

     31        30        5   

Equipment expense

     28        27        3   

Other noninterest expense

     278        281        (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest expense

   $ 978        973        —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Efficiency ratio

     59.8      58.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total personnel costs (salaries, wages and incentives plus employee benefits) were relatively flat for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012. Full time equivalent employees totaled 20,744 at March 31, 2013 compared to 21,206 at March 31, 2012.

TABLE 8: Components of Other Noninterest Expense

 

     For the three months
ended March 31,
 

($ in millions)

   2013     2012  

Loan and lease

   $ 40        45   

Losses and adjustments

     38        40   

FDIC insurance and other taxes

     34        18   

Marketing

     26        23   

Affordable housing investments impairment

     20        27   

Professional service fees

     14        11   

Travel

     13        13   

Postal and courier

     13        13   

Operating lease

     12        10   

Recruitment and education

     6        7   

Insurance

     5        5   

OREO expense

     4        5   

Intangible asset amortization

     2        4   

Provision (benefit) for unfunded commitments and letters of credit

     (11     (2

Other, net

     62        62   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other noninterest expense

   $ 278        281   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other noninterest expense decreased $3 million, or two percent, for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012. The provision for unfunded commitments and letters of credit was a benefit of $11 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to a benefit of $2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The increase in the benefit recorded reflects a decrease in estimated loss rates related to unfunded commitments and letters of credit due to improved credit trends partially offset by an increase in unfunded commitments for which the Bancorp holds reserves. In addition, impairment on affordable housing investments decreased by $7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012 due to a $9 million benefit from the

 

16


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

sale of affordable housing investments in the first quarter of 2013. Loan and lease expense decreased $5 million in the first quarter of 2013 compared to the same period in the prior year due to lower credit-related costs. These impacts were partially offset by FDIC insurance and other taxes which increased $16 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the same period in the prior year. The increase in FDIC expense and other taxes was due primarily to $23 million in expense reduction in the first quarter of 2012 from an agreement reached on certain outstanding disputes for non-income tax related assessments.

The Bancorp continues to focus on efficiency initiatives as part of its core emphasis on operating leverage and expense control. The efficiency ratio (noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income (FTE) and noninterest income) was 59.8% for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to 58.3% for the three months ended March 31, 2012.

Applicable Income Taxes

The Bancorp’s income before income taxes, applicable income tax expense and effective tax rate are as follows:

TABLE 9: Applicable Income Taxes

 

     For the three months
ended March 31,
 

($ in millions)

   2013     2012  

Income before income taxes

   $ 591        603   

Applicable income tax expense

     179        173   

Effective tax rate

     30.4      28.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Applicable income tax expense for all periods includes the benefit from tax-exempt income, tax-advantaged investments, certain gains on sales of leases that are exempt from federal taxation and tax credits, partially offset by the effect of certain nondeductible expenses. The tax credits are associated with the Low-Income Housing Tax Credit program established under Section 42 of the IRC, the New Markets Tax Credit program established under Section 45D of the IRC, the Rehabilitation Investment Tax Credit program established under Section 47 of the IRC, and the Qualified Zone Academy Bond program established under Section 1397E of the IRC.

As required under U.S. GAAP, the Bancorp established a deferred tax asset for stock-based awards granted to its employees. When the actual tax deduction for these stock-based awards is less than the expense previously recognized for financial reporting or when the awards expire unexercised, the Bancorp is required to write-off the deferred tax asset previously established for these stock-based awards. The stock-based awards granted to employees in March 2003 had an exercise period that expired in March 2013. As these stock-based awards were not exercised on or before their expiration date, the Bancorp was required to write-off the deferred tax asset established for these awards during the first quarter, which resulted in an additional $12 million of income tax expense during the three months ended March 31, 2013. The Bancorp recognized a similar non-cash charge during 2012; however, the non-cash charge was recognized during the second quarter of 2012. Based on the Bancorp’s stock price at March 31, 2013, the Bancorp anticipates that it will be required to recognize additional income tax expense related to stock-based compensation in future years. The Bancorp cannot predict its stock price or whether its employees will exercise other stock-based awards with lower exercise prices in the future. The Bancorp does not expect to record significant additional income tax expense for stock-based compensation in the next twelve months.

 

17


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS

Loans and Leases

The Bancorp classifies its loans and leases based upon the primary purpose of the loan. Table 10 summarizes end of period loans and leases, including loans held for sale and Table 11 summarizes average total loans and leases, including loans held for sale.

TABLE 10: Components of Total Loans and Leases (includes held for sale)

 

     March 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  

($ in millions)

   Balance      % of Total      Balance      % of Total  

Commercial:

           

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 36,782         42         36,077         42   

Commercial mortgage loans

     8,777         10         9,116         10   

Commercial construction loans

     699         1         707         1   

Commercial leases

     3,568         4         3,549         4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal – commercial

     49,826         57         49,449         57   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consumer:

           

Residential mortgage loans

     14,713         17         14,873         17   

Home equity

     9,727         11         10,018         11   

Automobile loans

     11,741         13         11,972         13   

Credit card

     2,043         2         2,097         2   

Other consumer loans and leases

     317         —          312         —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal – consumer

     38,541         43         39,272         43   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans and leases

   $ 88,367         100         88,721         100   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total portfolio loans and leases (excludes loans held for sale)

   $ 85,676            85,782      
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

Loans and leases, including loans held for sale, decreased $354 million from December 31, 2012. The decrease from December 31, 2012 was due to a decrease of $731 million, or two percent, in consumer loans and leases partially offset by an increase of $377 million, or one percent, in commercial loans and leases.

Commercial loans and leases increased from December 31, 2012 primarily due to an increase in commercial and industrial loans partially offset by a decrease in commercial mortgage loans. Commercial and industrial loans increased $705 million, or two percent, from December 31, 2012 as a result of an increase in new loan origination activity from an increase in demand due to a strengthening economy and targeted marketing efforts. Commercial mortgage loans decreased $339 million, or four percent, from December 31, 2012 due to continued runoff as the level of new originations was less than the repayments of the existing portfolio.

Consumer loans and leases decreased from December 31, 2012 primarily due to a decrease in home equity, automobile loans, and residential mortgage loans. Home equity decreased $291 million, or three percent, from December 31, 2012 as payoffs exceeded new loan production. Automobile loans decreased $231 million, or two percent, due to the securitization and sale of certain automobile loans with a carrying amount of approximately $509 million partially offset by an increase in originations. Residential mortgage loans decreased $160 million, or one percent, due to sales of residential mortgage loans exceeding new loan originations.

TABLE 11: Components of Average Total Loans and Leases (includes held for sale)

 

     March 31, 2013      March 31, 2012  

For the three months ended ($ in millions)

   Balance      % of Total      Balance      % of Total  

Commercial:

           

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 36,423         41         31,421         38   

Commercial mortgage loans

     8,978         10         10,077         12   

Commercial construction loans

     700         1         1,008         1   

Commercial leases

     3,557         4         3,543         4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal – commercial

     49,658         56         46,049         55   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consumer:

           

Residential mortgage loans

     14,866         17         12,928         16   

Home equity

     9,872         11         10,606         13   

Automobile loans

     12,096         14         11,882         14   

Credit card

     2,069         2         1,926         2   

Other consumer loans and leases

     319         —          366         —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal – consumer

     39,222         44         37,708         45   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total average loans and leases

   $ 88,880         100         83,757         100   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total average portfolio loans and leases (excludes loans held for sale)

   $ 85,903            81,500      
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

Average loans and leases, including held for sale, increased $5.1 billion, or six percent, from March 31, 2012. The increase from March 31, 2012 was due to an increase of $3.6 billion, or eight percent, in average commercial loans and leases and an increase of $1.5 billion, or four percent, in average consumer loans and leases.

 

18


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

Average commercial loans and leases increased from March 31, 2012 primarily due to an increase in average commercial and industrial loans partially offset by a decrease in average commercial mortgage and average commercial construction loans. Average commercial and industrial loans increased $5.0 billion, or 16%, from March 31, 2012 due to an increase in new loan origination activity from an increase in demand due to a strengthening economy and targeted marketing efforts. Average commercial mortgage loans decreased $1.1 billion, or 11%, from March 31, 2012 and average commercial construction loans decreased $308 million, or 31%, from March 31, 2012 due to continued runoff as the level of new originations was less than the repayments on the current portfolio.

Average consumer loans and leases increased from March 31, 2012 due to an increase in average residential mortgage loans and average automobile loans partially offset by a decrease in average home equity. Average residential mortgage loans increased $1.9 billion, or 15%, from March 31, 2012 due to an increase in originations due to a low interest rate environment. Average automobile loans increased $214 million, or two percent, from March 31, 2012 due to new loan originations exceeding pay downs. Average home equity decreased $734 million, or seven percent, from March 31, 2012 as payoffs exceeded new loan production.

Investment Securities

The Bancorp uses investment securities as a means of managing interest rate risk, providing liquidity support and providing collateral for pledging purposes. Total investment securities were $15.8 billion and $15.7 billion at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

Securities are classified as trading when bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term. Securities are classified as available-for-sale when, in management’s judgment, they may be sold in response to, or in anticipation of, changes in market conditions. Securities that management has the intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and reported at amortized cost.

At March 31, 2013, the Bancorp’s investment portfolio consisted primarily of AAA-rated available-for-sale securities. The Bancorp did not hold asset-backed securities backed by subprime mortgage loans in its investment portfolio. Additionally, securities classified as below investment grade had a carrying value of $26 million as of March 31, 2013, compared to $31 million as of December 31, 2012. The Bancorp’s management has evaluated the securities in an unrealized loss position in the available-for-sale and held-to-maturity portfolios for OTTI. During the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, the Bancorp did not recognize OTTI on any of its available-for-sale debt or equity securities or its held-to-maturity debt securities. See Note 4 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on OTTI.

TABLE 12: Components of Investment Securities

 

($ in millions)

   March 31,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 

Available-for-sale and other: (amortized cost basis)

     

U.S. Treasury and government agencies

   $ 41         41   

U.S. Government sponsored agencies

     1,729         1,730   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     202         203   

Agency mortgage-backed securities

     8,534         8,403   

Other bonds, notes and debentures(a)

     3,087         3,161   

Other securities(b)

     1,059         1,033   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale and other securities

   $ 14,652         14,571   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Held-to-maturity: (amortized cost basis)

     

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

   $ 282         282   

Other bonds, notes and debentures

     1         2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total held-to-maturity

   $ 283         284   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trading: (fair value)

     

U.S. Treasury and government agencies

   $ —          1   

U.S. Government sponsored agencies

     11         6   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     25         17   

Agency mortgage-backed securities

     4         7   

Other bonds, notes and debentures

     9         15   

Other securities

     169         161   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total trading

   $ 218         207   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Other bonds, notes, and debentures consist of non-agency mortgage-backed securities, certain other asset-backed securities (primarily automobile and commercial loan-backed securities) and corporate bond securities.
(b) Other securities consist of FHLB and FRB restricted stock holdings that are carried at par, FHLMC and FNMA preferred stock holdings and certain mutual fund holdings and equity security holdings.

Available-for-sale securities on an amortized cost basis increased $81 million, or one percent, from December 31, 2012 primarily due to an increase in agency mortgage-backed securities partially offset by a decrease in other bonds, notes, and debentures. Agency mortgage-backed securities increased $131 million, or two percent, from December 31, 2012 due to $2.9 billion in purchases of agency mortgage-backed securities partially offset by $1.9 billion in sales and $785 million in paydowns on the portfolio. Other bonds, notes, and debentures decreased $74 million, or two percent, due to the sale of $261 million of asset-backed securities and corporate bonds partially offset by the purchase of asset backed securities and collateralized loan obligations.

 

19


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

Available-for-sale securities on an amortized cost basis were 14% of total interest-earning assets at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. The estimated weighted-average life of the debt securities in the available-for-sale portfolio was 4.1 years at March 31, 2013, compared to 3.8 years at December 31, 2012. In addition, at March 31, 2013, the available-for-sale securities portfolio had a weighted-average yield of 3.34%, compared to 3.30% at December 31, 2012.

Information presented in Table 13 is on a weighted-average life basis, anticipating future prepayments. Yield information is presented on an FTE basis and is computed using historical cost balances. Maturity and yield calculations for the total available-for-sale portfolio exclude equity securities that have no stated yield or maturity. Total net unrealized gains on the available-for-sale securities portfolio were $611 million at March 31, 2013, compared to $636 million at December 31, 2012. The decrease from December 31, 2012 was due to an increase in interest rates on agency mortgage-backed securities. The fair value of investment securities is impacted by interest rates, credit spreads, market volatility and liquidity conditions. The fair value of investment securities generally decreases when interest rates increase or when credit spreads widen.

TABLE 13: Characteristics of Available-for-Sale and Other Securities

 

As of March 31, 2013 ($ in millions)

   Amortized Cost      Fair Value      Weighted-Average
Life (in years)
     Weighted-Average
Yield
 

U.S. Treasury and government agencies:

           

Average life of one year or less

   $ 40         40         0.2         0.13 

Average life 5 – 10 years

     1         1         5.9         1.48   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     41         41         0.3         0.16   

U.S. Government sponsored agencies:

           

Average life of one year or less

     204         205         0.3         2.50   

Average life 1 – 5 years

     1,525         1,694         3.8         3.64   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,729         1,899         3.4         3.50   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions:(a)

           

Average life of one year or less

     8         8         0.6         0.12   

Average life 1 – 5 years

     124         128         3.4         2.29   

Average life 5 – 10 years

     59         64         7.2         4.80   

Average life greater than 10 years

     11         12         11.6         5.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     202         212         4.9         3.10   

Agency mortgage-backed securities:

           

Average life of one year or less

     550         563         0.6         4.62   

Average life 1 – 5 years

     6,190         6,416         3.6         3.60   

Average life 5 – 10 years

     1,700         1,762         6.6         3.57   

Average life greater than 10 years

     94         103         10.7         3.74   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     8,534         8,844         4.1         3.66   

Other bonds, notes and debentures:

           

Average life of one year or less

     299         308         0.1         1.94   

Average life 1 – 5 years

     1,965         2,042         3.4         2.56   

Average life 5 – 10 years

     605         625         6.5         2.33   

Average life greater than 10 years

     218         226         14.0         2.21   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     3,087         3,201         4.5         2.43   

Other securities

     1,059         1,066         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale and other securities

   $ 14,652         15,263         4.1         3.34 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Taxable-equivalent yield adjustments included in the above table are 0.03%, 0.01%, 0.82%, 1.72% and 0.34% for securities with an average life of one year or less, 1-5 years, 5-10 years, greater than 10 years and in total, respectively.

Deposits

The Bancorp’s deposit balances represent an important source of funding and revenue growth opportunity. The Bancorp continues to focus on core deposit growth in its retail and commercial franchises by improving customer satisfaction, building full relationships and offering competitive rates. Core deposits represented 71% of the Bancorp’s asset funding base at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

 

20


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

TABLE 14: Deposits

 

     March 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  
            % of             % of  

($ in millions)

   Balance      Total      Balance      Total  

Demand

   $ 30,027         33         30,023         34   

Interest checking

     23,175         25         24,477         27   

Savings

     19,339         21         19,879         22   

Money market

     8,613         10         6,875         8   

Foreign office

     1,089         1         885         1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Transaction deposits

     82,243         90         82,139         92   

Other time

     3,909         4         4,015         4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Core deposits

     86,152         94         86,154         96   

Certificates-$100,000 and over

     5,472         6         3,284         4   

Other

     —           —          79         —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deposits

   $ 91,624         100         89,517         100   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Core deposits decreased $2 million from December 31, 2012 driven by a decrease of $106 million, or three percent, in other time deposits partially offset by an increase of $104 million in transaction deposits. The decrease in other time deposits from December 31, 2012 was primarily the result of continued run-off of certificates of deposits due to the low interest rate environment, as customers have opted to maintain balances in more liquid transaction accounts. Total transaction deposits increased from December 31, 2012 due to an increase in money market deposits and foreign office deposits partially offset by a decrease in interest checking deposits and saving deposits. Money market deposits increased $1.7 billion, or 25%, from December 31, 2012 partially driven by account migration from savings deposits which decreased $540 million, or three percent. The remaining increase in money market deposits is due to an increase in consumer average balances per account due to seasonality. Interest checking deposits decreased $1.3 billion, or five percent, due to account migration to demand deposit accounts. Demand deposit accounts remained relatively flat increasing $4 million from December 31, 2012. The account migration from interest checking deposits to demand deposit accounts was offset by a decrease in commercial average balances per account due to seasonality and balance migration to foreign office deposits which increased $204 million, or 23%.

The Bancorp uses certificates $100,000 and over as a method to fund earning assets. At March 31, 2013, certificates $100,000 and over increased $2.2 billion, or 67%, compared to December 31, 2012 due to the diversification of funding sources through the issuance of retail and institutional certificates of deposits during the first quarter of 2013.

The following table presents average deposits for the three months ending:

TABLE 15: Average Deposits

 

     March 31, 2013      March 31, 2012  
            % of             % of  

($ in millions)

   Balance      Total      Balance      Total  

Demand

   $ 28,565         32         26,063         31   

Interest checking

     23,763         27         22,308         26   

Savings

     19,576         22         21,944         26   

Money market

     7,932         9         4,543         5   

Foreign office

     1,102         1         2,277         3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Transaction deposits

     80,938         91         77,135         91   

Other time

     3,982         4         4,551         5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Core deposits

     84,920         95         81,686         96   

Certificates-$100,000 and over

     4,017         5         3,178         4   

Other

     40         —           19         —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total average deposits

   $ 88,977         100         84,883         100   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

On an average basis, core deposits increased $3.2 billion, or four percent, from March 31, 2012 due to an increase of $3.8 billion, or five percent, in average transaction deposits partially offset by a decrease of $569 million, or 13%, in average other time deposits. The increase in average transaction deposits was driven by an increase in average money market deposits, average demand deposits, and average interest checking deposits partially offset by a decrease in average savings deposits and average foreign office deposits. Average money market deposits increased $3.4 billion, or 75%, from March 31, 2012 primarily due to account migration from average savings deposits which decreased $2.4 billion, or 11%, from March 31, 2012. The remaining increase in average money market deposits was due to account migration from average interest checking deposits. Despite this migration, average interest checking deposits increased $1.5 billion, or seven percent, from March 31, 2012 due to account migration from average foreign office deposits which decreased $1.2 billion, or 52%. The remaining increase in average interest checking deposits is due to an increase in new commercial customers and balance migration from average demand deposits. Despite this account migration, average demand deposits increased $2.5 billion, or 10%, from March 31, 2012 due to an increase in average balances per account for consumer customers, new product offerings, and new commercial deposit growth. Average other time deposits decreased $569 million, or 13%, from March 31, 2012 primarily as a result of continued run-off of certificates of deposits due to the low interest rate environment, as customers have opted to maintain balances in more liquid transaction accounts.

 

21


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

Other time deposits and certificates $100,000 and over totaled $9.4 billion and $7.3 billion at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. All of these deposits were interest-bearing.

The contractual maturities of certificates $100,000 and over as of March 31, 2013 are summarized in the following table:

TABLE 16: Contractual Maturities of Certificates - $100,000 and over

 

($ in millions)

   March 31, 2013  

Three months or less

   $ 1,641   

After three months through six months

     955   

After six months through 12 months

     1,823   

After 12 months

     1,053   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,472   
  

 

 

 

The contractual maturities of other time deposits and certificates $100,000 and over as of March 31, 2013 are summarized in the following table:

TABLE 17: Contractual Maturities of Other Time Deposits and Certificates $100,000 and over

 

($ in millions)

   March 31, 2013  

Next 12 months

   $ 6,831   

13-24 months

     1,632   

25-36 months

     481   

37-48 months

     217   

49-60 months

     166   

After 60 months

     54   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 9,381   
  

 

 

 

Borrowings

Total borrowings decreased $3.1 billion, or 22%, from December 31, 2012. Table 18 summarizes the end of period components of total borrowings. As of March 31, 2013, total borrowings as a percentage of interest-bearing liabilities were 15% compared to 19% at December 31, 2012.

TABLE 18: Borrowings

 

($ in millions)

   March 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  

Federal funds purchased

   $ 386         901   

Other short-term borrowings

     2,439         6,280   

Long-term debt

     8,320         7,085   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total borrowings

   $ 11,145         14,266   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Federal funds purchased decreased by $515 million, or 57%, from December 31, 2012 driven by a decrease in excess balances in reserve accounts held at Federal Reserve Banks that the Bancorp purchased from other member banks on an overnight basis. Other short-term borrowings decreased $3.8 billion, or 61%, from December 31, 2012 driven by a decrease of $3.9 billion in short-term FHLB borrowings. The level of these borrowings can fluctuate significantly from period to period depending on funding needs and which sources are used to satisfy those needs. Long-term debt increased by $1.2 billion, or 17%, from December 31, 2012 driven by the issuance of $1.3 billion of unsecured senior bank notes in the first quarter of 2013. For additional information regarding long-term debt, see Note 12 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

The following table presents average borrowings for the three months ending:

TABLE 19: Average Borrowings

 

($ in millions)

   March 31, 2013      March 31, 2012  

Federal funds purchased

   $ 691         370   

Other short-term borrowings

     5,429         3,261   

Long-term debt

     7,506         9,768   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total average borrowings

   $ 13,626         13,399   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average total borrowings increased $227 million, or two percent, compared to March 31, 2012, primarily due to increases in average federal funds purchased and average other short-term borrowings partially offset by a decrease in average long-term debt. The decrease in average long-term debt was driven by the redemption of certain TruPS and long-term FHLB borrowings in 2012. The level of average federal funds purchased and average other short-term borrowings can fluctuate significantly from period to period depending on funding needs and which sources are used to satisfy those needs. Information on the average rates paid on borrowings is discussed in the net interest income section of the MD&A. In addition, refer to the Liquidity Risk Management section for a discussion on the role of borrowings in the Bancorp’s liquidity management.

 

22


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

BUSINESS SEGMENT REVIEW

The Bancorp reports on four business segments: Commercial Banking, Branch Banking, Consumer Lending and Investment Advisors. Additional detailed financial information on each business segment is included in Note 20 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. Results of the Bancorp’s business segments are presented based on its management structure and management accounting practices. The structure and accounting practices are specific to the Bancorp; therefore, the financial results of the Bancorp’s business segments are not necessarily comparable with similar information for other financial institutions. The Bancorp refines its methodologies from time to time as management’s accounting practices or businesses change.

The Bancorp manages interest rate risk centrally at the corporate level and employs an FTP methodology at the business segment level. This methodology insulates the business segments from interest rate volatility, enabling them to focus on serving customers through loan and deposit products. The FTP system assigns charge rates and credit rates to classes of assets and liabilities, respectively, based on expected duration and the U.S. swap curve. Matching duration allocates interest income and interest expense to each segment so its resulting net interest income is insulated from interest rate risk. In a rising rate environment, the Bancorp benefits from the widening spread between deposit costs and wholesale funding costs. However, the Bancorp’s FTP system credits this benefit to deposit-providing businesses, such as Branch Banking and Investment Advisors, on a duration-adjusted basis. The net impact of the FTP methodology is captured in General Corporate and Other.

The Bancorp adjusts the FTP charge and credit rates as dictated by changes in interest rates for various interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and by the review of the estimated durations for the indeterminate-lived deposits. The credit rate provided for demand deposit accounts is reviewed annually based upon the account type, its estimated duration and the corresponding fed funds, U.S. swap curve or swap rate. The credit rates for several deposit products were reset January 1, 2013 to reflect the current market rates and updated duration assumptions. These rates were generally higher than those in place during 2012, thus net interest income for deposit providing businesses was positively impacted for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

The business segments are charged provision expense based on the actual net charge-offs experienced on the loans and leases owned by each segment. Provision expense attributable to loan and lease growth and changes in ALLL factors are captured in General Corporate and Other. The financial results of the business segments include allocations for shared services and headquarters expenses. Even with these allocations, the financial results are not necessarily indicative of the business segments’ financial condition and results of operations as if they existed as independent entities. Additionally, the business segments form synergies by taking advantage of cross-sell opportunities and when funding operations by accessing the capital markets as a collective unit.

Net income by business segment is summarized in the following table:

TABLE 20: Business Segment Net Income Available to Common Shareholders

 

     For the three months
ended March 31,
 

($ in millions)

   2013     2012  

Income Statement Data

    

Commercial Banking

   $ 185        142   

Branch Banking

     45        29   

Consumer Lending

     70        48   

Investment Advisors

     18        7   

General Corporate & Other

     94        204   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     412        430   

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (10     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Bancorp

     422        430   

Dividends on preferred stock

     9        9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders

   $ 413        421   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

23


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

Commercial Banking

Commercial Banking offers credit intermediation, cash management and financial services to large and middle-market businesses and government and professional customers. In addition to the traditional lending and depository offerings, Commercial Banking products and services include global cash management, foreign exchange and international trade finance, derivatives and capital markets services, asset-based lending, real estate finance, public finance, commercial leasing and syndicated finance.

The following table contains selected financial data for the Commercial Banking segment:

TABLE 21: Commercial Banking

 

     For the three months
ended March 31,
 

($ in millions)

   2013      2012  

Income Statement Data

     

Net interest income (FTE)(a)

   $ 365         352   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     43         76   

Noninterest income:

     

Corporate banking revenue

     95         93   

Service charges on deposits

     59         54   

Other noninterest income

     30         30   

Noninterest expense:

     

Salaries, incentives and benefits

     80         74   

Other noninterest expense

     197         214   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before taxes

     229         165   

Applicable income tax expense(a)(b)

     44         23   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 185         142   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average Balance Sheet Data

     

Commercial loans, including held for sale

   $ 44,113         40,362   

Demand deposits

     14,666         14,843   

Interest checking

     6,991         8,370   

Savings and money market

     3,816         2,606   

Certificates-$100,000 and over

     1,271         1,855   

Foreign office deposits and other deposits

     1,074         1,379   

 

(a) Includes FTE adjustments of $5 and $4 for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
(b) Applicable income tax expense for all periods includes the tax benefit from tax-exempt income and business tax credits, partially offset by the effect of certain nondeductible expenses. Refer to the Applicable Income Taxes section of MD&A for additional information.

Net income was $185 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to net income of $142 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The increase in net income was driven by a decrease in the provision for loan and lease losses, higher net interest income and higher noninterest income, and lower noninterest expense.

Net interest income increased $13 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the same period of the prior year. The increase was driven primarily by growth in average commercial and industrial portfolio loans and a decrease in the FTP charges on loans, partially offset by a decline in yields of 26 bps on average commercial loans and a decrease in the FTP credits due to a decline in average interest checking balances for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012.

Provision for loan and lease losses decreased $33 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the same period of the prior year as a result of improved credit trends. Net charge-offs as a percent of average portfolio loans and leases decreased to 40 bps for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to 75 bps for the same period of the prior year.

Noninterest income increased $7 million in the first quarter of 2013 compared to the first quarter of 2012, primarily due to an increase in service charges on deposits and corporate banking revenue. The increase in service charges on deposits was primarily driven by higher commercial deposit revenue due to pricing changes implemented during 2012. The increase in corporate banking revenue was primarily due to a $4 million increase in institutional sales, partially offset by a $2 million decrease in syndication fees.

Noninterest expense decreased $11 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the same period of the prior year. The decrease for the three months ended March 31, 2013 was driven by a decrease in corporate overhead allocations and a decrease in impairment on affordable housing investments due to a benefit from the sale of affordable housing investments in the first quarter of 2013.

Average commercial loans increased $3.8 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the same period of the prior year primarily due to an increase in average commercial and industrial loans, partially offset by decreases in average commercial mortgage and construction loans. Average commercial and industrial portfolio loans increased $5.1 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the same period of the prior year due to an increase in new loan origination activity from an increase in demand due to a strengthening economy and targeted marketing efforts. Average commercial mortgage portfolio loans decreased $1.0 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and average commercial construction portfolio loans decreased $290 million for the three months ended

 

24


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

March 31, 2013 compared to the same period of the prior year due to continued run-off as the level of new originations was below the level of repayments on the current portfolio.

Average core deposits decreased $652 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012. The decrease was primarily driven by a decrease in average interest checking balances, which decreased $1.4 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the same period of the prior year. The decrease in average interest checking accounts was partially offset by an increase in average savings and money market deposits of $1.2 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the same period of the prior year.

Branch Banking

Branch Banking provides a full range of deposit and loan and lease products to individuals and small businesses through 1,320 full-service Banking Centers. Branch Banking offers depository and loan products, such as checking and savings accounts, home equity loans and lines of credit, credit cards and loans for automobiles and other personal financing needs, as well as products designed to meet the specific needs of small businesses, including cash management services.

The following table contains selected financial data for the Branch Banking segment:

TABLE 22: Branch Banking

 

     For the three months
ended March 31,
 

($ in millions)

   2013      2012  

Income Statement Data

     

Net interest income

   $ 347         335   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     58         86   

Noninterest income:

     

Service charges on deposits

     71         74   

Card and processing revenue

     68         60   

Investment advisory revenue

     37         31   

Other noninterest income

     29         25   

Noninterest expense:

     

Salaries, incentives and benefits

     155         149   

Net occupancy and equipment expense

     60         60   

Card and processing expense

     29         28   

Other noninterest expense

     179         157   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before taxes

     71         45   

Applicable income tax expense

     26         16   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 45         29   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average Balance Sheet Data

     

Consumer loans, including held for sale

   $ 15,124         14,815   

Commercial loans, including held for sale

     4,517         4,611   

Demand deposits

     11,743         9,297   

Interest checking

     9,159         9,087   

Savings and money market

     22,855         22,654   

Other time and certificates-$100,000 and over

     4,974         5,668   

Net income was $45 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to net income of $29 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The increase was driven by an increase in noninterest income and net interest income and a decline in the provision for loan and lease losses, partially offset by an increase in noninterest expense.

Net interest income increased $12 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the same period of the prior year. The primary drivers of the increase are increases in the FTP credit rates for savings products, a decrease in the FTP charge rates on loans and leases and a decline in interest expense on core deposits due to favorable shifts from certificates of deposit to lower cost transaction and savings products. These increases were partially offset by lower yields on average commercial and consumer loans.

Provision for loan and lease losses for the three months ended March 31, 2013 decreased $28 million compared to the first quarter of 2012. Net charge-offs as a percent of average loans and leases decreased to 120 bps for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to 179 bps for the same period of the prior year as a result of improved credit trends.

Noninterest income increased $15 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the same period of the prior year. The increase was primarily driven by higher card and processing revenue and higher investment advisory revenue. Card and processing revenue increased $8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012 primarily due to higher transaction volumes, higher levels of consumer spending, and new products. Investment advisory fees increased $6 million due to continued market and customer growth trends.

 

25


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

Noninterest expense increased $29 million from the three months ended March 31, 2012, primarily driven by increases in other noninterest expense, which increased $22 million, and an increase in salaries, incentives and benefits of $6 million. The increase in salaries, incentives and benefits was primarily driven by higher incentive compensation associated with improved investment advisory revenue. The increase in other noninterest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2013 was primarily driven by higher corporate overhead allocations.

Average consumer loans increased $309 million for the first quarter of 2013 compared to the same period in the prior year. This increase was primarily due to an increase in average residential mortgage portfolio loans of $966 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the same period in the prior year due to the retention of certain shorter-term originated mortgage loans. The increase in average residential mortgage portfolio loans was partially offset by a decrease in average home equity portfolio loans of $684 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the same period of the prior year as payoffs exceeded new loan production.

Average core deposits increased by $2.2 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the same period in the prior year as the growth in transaction accounts due to excess customer liquidity and historically low interest rates outpaced the run-off of higher priced other time deposits.

Consumer Lending

Consumer Lending includes the Bancorp’s mortgage, home equity, automobile and other indirect lending activities. Mortgage and home equity lending activities include the origination, retention and servicing of mortgage and home equity loans or lines of credit, sales and securitizations of those loans, pools of loans or lines of credit, and all associated hedging activities. Indirect lending activities include extending loans to consumers through mortgage brokers and automobile dealers.

The following table contains selected financial data for the Consumer Lending segment:

TABLE 23: Consumer Lending

 

     For the three months
ended March 31,
 

($ in millions)

   2013      2012  

Income Statement Data

     

Net interest income

   $ 85         80   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     29         54   

Noninterest income:

     

Mortgage banking net revenue

     216         201   

Other noninterest income

     13         10   

Noninterest expense:

     

Salaries, incentives and benefits

     63         56   

Other noninterest expense

     114         106   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before taxes

     108         75   

Applicable income tax expense

     38         27   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 70         48   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average Balance Sheet Data

     

Residential mortgage loans, including held for sale

   $ 11,053         10,009   

Home equity

     595         672   

Automobile loans, including held for sale

     11,467         11,211   

Consumer leases

     9         61   

Net income was $70 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to net income of $48 million for the same period in the prior year. The increase in net income was driven by an increase in noninterest income, an increase in net interest income and a decline in the provision for loan and lease losses, partially offset by an increase in noninterest expense.

Net interest income increased $5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012. The increase was primarily driven by increases in average residential mortgage loans and average automobile loans, partially offset by lower yields on average residential mortgage loans and average automobile loans.

Provision for loan and lease losses decreased $25 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the same period of the prior year, as delinquency metrics and underlying loss trends improved across all consumer loan types. Net charge-offs as a percent of average loans and leases decreased to 58 bps for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to 108 bps for the same period of the prior year.

Noninterest income increased $18 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the same period of the prior year. The increase from the prior year was primarily due to increases in mortgage banking net revenue of $15 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The increase was driven by an increase in net residential mortgage servicing revenue of $21 million compared to the same period of the prior year, primarily driven by increases of $28 million in net valuation adjustments on MSRs and free-standing derivatives entered into to economically hedge the MSRs, partially offset by an increase of $7 million in MSR amortization expense. The increase in net residential mortgage servicing revenue was partially offset by a decrease in gains on loan sales of $6 million due to lower gain on sale margins on sold residential mortgage loans.

 

26


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

Noninterest expense increased $15 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the same period of the prior year. The increase was driven by salaries, incentives and benefits which increased primarily as a result of higher mortgage loan originations. Other noninterest expense increased $8 million primarily due to an increase in representation and warranty expense and an increase in corporate overhead allocations.

Average consumer loans and leases increased $1.2 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the same period of the prior year. Average automobile loans, including held for sale, increased $256 million compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012 due to an increase in originations, partially offset by the securitization and sale of certain automobile loans with a carrying amount of approximately $509 million. Average residential mortgage loans, including held for sale, increased $1.0 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the same period of the prior year, due to the low interest rate environment which resulted in increased origination volumes. The increase was partially offset by decreases in home equity and consumer leases. Average home equity portfolio loans decreased $77 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the same period in the prior year due to continued run-off in the discontinued brokered home equity product. Average consumer portfolio leases decreased $52 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the same period in the prior year due to run-off as the Bancorp discontinued auto leases in 2008.

Investment Advisors

Investment Advisors provides a full range of investment alternatives for individuals, companies and not-for-profit organizations. Investment Advisors is made up of four main businesses: FTS, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bancorp; FTAM, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bancorp; Fifth Third Private Bank; and Fifth Third Institutional Services. FTS offers full service retail brokerage services to individual clients and broker dealer services to the institutional marketplace. FTAM provides asset management services and previously advised the Bancorp’s proprietary family of mutual funds. Fifth Third Private Bank offers holistic strategies to affluent clients in wealth planning, investing, insurance and wealth protection. Fifth Third Institutional Services provides advisory services for institutional clients including states and municipalities.

The following table contains selected financial data for the Investment Advisors segment:

TABLE 24: Investment Advisors

 

     For the three months
ended March 31,
 

($ in millions)

   2013      2012  

Income Statement Data

     

Net interest income

   $ 36         27   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     1         3   

Noninterest income:

     

Investment advisory revenue

     98         94   

Other noninterest income

     10         3   

Noninterest expense:

     

Salaries, incentives and benefits

     42         44   

Other noninterest expense

     73         66   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before taxes

     28         11   

Applicable income tax expense

     10         4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 18         7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average Balance Sheet Data

     

Loans and leases

   $ 1,925         1,911   

Core deposits

     8,746         7,370   

Net income was $18 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to net income of $7 million for the same period in the prior year. The increase in net income was driven by an increase in noninterest income and net interest income and a decrease in the provision for loan and lease losses, partially offset by an increase in noninterest expense.

Provision for loan and leases losses decreased $2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared with the same period in the prior year as a result of improved credit trends. Net charge-offs as a percent of average loans and leases decreased to 14 bps for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to 73 bps for the same period of the prior year.

Noninterest income increased $11 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, primarily driven by a $7 million gain on the sale of certain FTAM advisory contracts in the first quarter of 2013. The increase was also due to higher brokerage fees and private client services revenue partially offset by a reduction of mutual fund fees largely due to the previously mentioned sale of certain Fifth Third funds in the third quarter of 2012.

Noninterest expense increased $5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the same period of the prior year, primarily driven by an increase in other noninterest expense of $7 million due to an increase in corporate overhead allocations, partially offset by a decrease in salaries, incentives and benefits of $2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

 

27


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

Average loans and leases increased $14 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012 primarily due to increases in home equity and other consumer loans. Average core deposits increased $1.4 billion, or 19% for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the same period of the prior year primarily due to growth in interest checking as customers have opted to maintain excess funds in liquid transaction accounts as a result of interest rates remaining near historic lows, partially offset by account migration from foreign office deposits.

General Corporate and Other

General Corporate and Other includes the unallocated portion of the investment securities portfolio, securities gains and losses, certain non-core deposit funding, unassigned equity, provision expense in excess of net charge-offs or a benefit from the reduction of the ALLL, representation and warranty expense in excess of actual losses or a benefit from the reduction of representation and warranty reserves, the payment of preferred stock dividends and certain support activities and other items not attributed to the business segments.

Results for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 were impacted by a benefit of $69 million and $128 million, respectively, due to reductions in the ALLL. The decrease in provision expense was due to a decrease in nonperforming loans and improvements in delinquency metrics and underlying loss trends. Net interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2013 was $60 million compared to $108 million to the same period in 2012 primarily due to a decrease in interest income on taxable securities and an increase in the FTP charge on loans, partially offset by a decrease in interest expense on long-term debt. First quarter of 2013 noninterest income results included a $34 million positive valuation adjustment on the Vantiv warrant and a $7 million charge related to the valuation of the Visa total return swap. First quarter of 2012 noninterest income results included a $46 million positive valuation adjustment on the Vantiv warrant and a $115 million benefit related to the initial public offering of Vantiv, Inc., partially offset by $24 million in losses related to the equity method income recorded from the Bancorp’s ownership interest in Vantiv Holding, LLC. The $24 million of losses is comprised of $34 million in charges related to Vantiv Holding, LLC’s bank debt refinancing and debt termination charges partially offset by $10 million in the first quarter equity method income earnings for Vantiv Holding, LLC.

 

28


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

RISK MANAGEMENT – OVERVIEW

Managing risk is an essential component of successfully operating a financial services company. The Bancorp’s risk management approach includes processes for identifying, assessing, managing, monitoring and reporting risks. The ERM division, led by the Bancorp’s Chief Risk Officer, and the Bancorp Credit division, led by the Bancorp’s Chief Credit Officer, ensure the consistency and adequacy of the Bancorp’s risk management approach within the structure of the Bancorp’s affiliate operating model. In addition, the Internal Audit division provides an independent assessment of the Bancorp’s internal control structure and related systems and processes.

The assumption of risk requires robust and active risk management practices that comprise an integrated and comprehensive set of activities, measures and strategies that apply to the entire organization. The Bancorp has established a Risk Appetite Framework that provides the foundations of corporate risk capacity, risk appetite and risk tolerances. The Bancorp’s risk capacity is represented by its available financial resources. Risk capacity sets an absolute limit on risk-assumption in the Bancorp’s annual and strategic plans. The Bancorp understands that not all financial resources may persist as viable loss buffers over time. Further, consideration must be given to planned or foreseeable events that would reduce risk capacity. Those factors take the form of capacity adjustments to arrive at an Operating Risk Capacity which represents the operating risk level the Bancorp can assume while maintaining its solvency standard. The Bancorp’s policy currently discounts its Operating Risk Capacity by a minimum of five percent to provide a buffer; as a result, the Bancorp’s risk appetite is limited by policy to, at most, 95% of its Operating Risk Capacity.

Economic capital is the amount of unencumbered financial resources required to support the Bancorp’s risks. The Bancorp measures economic capital under the assumption that it expects to maintain debt ratings at strong investment grade levels over time. The Bancorp’s capital policies require that the Operating Risk Capacity less the aforementioned buffer exceed the calculated economic capital required in its business.

Risk appetite is the aggregate amount of risk the Bancorp is willing to accept in pursuit of its strategic and financial objectives. By establishing boundaries around risk taking and business decisions, and by incorporating the needs and goals of its shareholders, regulators, rating agencies and customers, the Bancorp’s risk appetite is aligned with its priorities and goals. Risk tolerance is the maximum amount of risk applicable to each of the eight specific risk categories included in its Enterprise Risk Management Framework. This is expressed primarily in qualitative terms. The Bancorp’s risk appetite and risk tolerances are supported by risk targets and risk limits. Those limits are used to monitor the amount of risk assumed at a granular level.

The risks faced by the Bancorp include, but are not limited to, credit, market, liquidity, operational, regulatory compliance, legal, reputational and strategic. Each of these risks is managed through the Bancorp’s risk program which includes the following key functions:

 

   

Enterprise Risk Management Programs is responsible for developing and overseeing the implementation of risk programs and reporting that facilitate a broad integrated view of risk. The department also leads the continual fostering of a strong risk management culture and the framework, policies and committees that support effective risk governance, including the oversight of Sarbanes-Oxley compliance;

 

   

Commercial Credit Risk Management provides safety and soundness within an independent portfolio management framework that supports the Bancorp’s commercial loan growth strategies and underwriting practices, ensuring portfolio optimization and appropriate risk controls;

 

   

Risk Strategies and Reporting is responsible for quantitative analysis needed to support the commercial dual rating methodology, ALLL methodology and analytics needed to assess credit risk and develop mitigation strategies related to that risk. The department also provides oversight, reporting and monitoring of commercial underwriting and credit administration processes. The Risk Strategies and Reporting department is also responsible for the economic capital program;

 

   

Consumer Credit Risk Management provides safety and soundness within an independent management framework that supports the Bancorp’s consumer loan growth strategies, ensuring portfolio optimization, appropriate risk controls and oversight, reporting, and monitoring of underwriting and credit administration processes;

 

   

Operational Risk Management works with affiliates and lines of business to maintain processes to monitor and manage all aspects of operational risk, including ensuring consistency in application of operational risk programs;

 

   

Bank Protection oversees and manages fraud prevention and detection and provides investigative and recovery services for the Bancorp;

 

   

Capital Markets Risk Management is responsible for instituting, monitoring, and reporting appropriate trading limits, monitoring liquidity, interest rate risk and risk tolerances within Treasury, Mortgage, and Capital Markets groups and utilizing a value at risk model for Bancorp market risk exposure;

 

   

Regulatory Compliance Risk Management ensures that processes are in place to monitor and comply with federal and state banking regulations, including processes related to fiduciary, community reinvestment act and fair lending compliance. The function also has the responsibility for maintenance of an enterprise-wide compliance framework; and

 

   

The ERM division creates and maintains other functions, committees or processes as are necessary to effectively manage risk throughout the Bancorp.

Risk management oversight and governance is provided by the Risk and Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors and through multiple management committees whose membership includes a broad cross-section of line of business, affiliate and support representatives. The Risk and Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors consists of five outside directors and has the responsibility for the oversight of risk management for the Bancorp, as well as for the Bancorp’s overall aggregate risk profile. The Risk and Compliance

 

29


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

Committee of the Board of Directors has approved the formation of key management governance committees that are responsible for evaluating risks and controls. The primary committee responsible for the oversight of risk management is the ERMC. Committees accountable to the ERMC, which support the core risk programs, are the Corporate Credit Committee, the Operational Risk Committee, the Management Compliance Committee, the Asset/Liability Committee and the Enterprise Marketing Committee. Other committees accountable to the ERMC oversee the ALLL, capital, liquidity and community reinvestment act/fair lending functions. There are also new products and initiatives processes applicable to every line of business to ensure an appropriate standard readiness assessment is performed before launching a new product or initiative. Significant risk policies approved by the management governance committees are also reviewed and approved by the Risk and Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors.

Credit Risk Review is an independent function responsible for evaluating the sufficiency of underwriting, documentation and approval processes for consumer and commercial credits; the accuracy of risk grades assigned to commercial credit exposure; nonaccrual status; specific reserves and monitoring of charge-offs. Credit Risk Review reports directly to the Risk and Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors and administratively to the Chief Auditor.

CREDIT RISK MANAGEMENT

The objective of the Bancorp’s credit risk management strategy is to quantify and manage credit risk on an aggregate portfolio basis, as well as to limit the risk of loss resulting from an individual customer default. The Bancorp’s credit risk management strategy is based on three core principles: conservatism, diversification and monitoring. The Bancorp believes that effective credit risk management begins with conservative lending practices. These practices include conservative exposure and counterparty limits and conservative underwriting, documentation and collection standards. The Bancorp’s credit risk management strategy also emphasizes diversification on a geographic, industry and customer level as well as regular credit examinations and timely management reviews of large credit exposures and credits experiencing deterioration of credit quality. Credit officers with the authority to extend credit are delegated specific authority amounts, the utilization of which is closely monitored. Underwriting activities are centrally managed, and ERM manages the policy and the authority delegation process directly. The Credit Risk Review function provides objective assessments of the quality of underwriting and documentation, the accuracy of risk grades and the charge-off, nonaccrual and reserve analysis process. The Bancorp’s credit review process and overall assessment of the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses is based on quarterly assessments of the probable estimated losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio. The Bancorp uses these assessments to promptly identify potential problem loans or leases within the portfolio, maintain an adequate reserve and take any necessary charge-offs. The Bancorp defines potential problem loans as those rated substandard that do not meet the definition of a nonperforming asset or a restructured loan. See Note 6 of the Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on the Bancorp’s credit grade categories, which are derived from standard regulatory rating definitions.

The following tables provide a summary of potential problem loans:

TABLE 25: Potential Problem Loans

 

As of March 31, 2013 ($ in millions)

   Carrying
Value
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Exposure  

Commercial and industrial

   $ 961         963         1,136   

Commercial mortgage

     761         762         765   

Commercial construction

     74         75         87   

Commercial leases

     38         38         38   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,834         1,838         2,026   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TABLE 26: Potential Problem Loans

 

As of December 31, 2012 ($ in millions)

   Carrying
Value
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Exposure  

Commercial and industrial

   $ 1,015         1,017         1,212   

Commercial mortgage

     848         849         851   

Commercial construction

     87         87         100   

Commercial leases

     9         9         9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,959         1,962         2,172   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In addition to the individual review of larger commercial loans that exhibit probable or observed credit weaknesses, the commercial credit review process includes the use of two risk grading systems. The risk grading system currently utilized for reserve analysis purposes encompasses ten categories. The Bancorp also maintains a dual risk rating system for credit approval and pricing, portfolio monitoring and capital allocation that includes a “through-the-cycle” rating philosophy for modeling expected losses. The dual risk rating system includes thirteen probabilities of default grade categories and an additional six grade categories for estimating losses given an event of default. The probability of default and loss given default evaluations are not separated in the ten-category risk rating system. The Bancorp has completed significant validation and testing of the dual risk rating system as a commercial credit risk management tool. The Bancorp is assessing the necessary modifications to the dual risk rating system outputs to develop a U.S. GAAP compliant ALLL model and will make a decision on the use of modified dual risk ratings for purposes of determining the Bancorp’s ALLL once the FASB has issued a final standard regarding

 

30


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

proposed methodology changes to the determination of credit impairment as outlined in the FASB’s Accounting Standard Update-Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Subtopic 825-15) issued on December 20, 2012. Scoring systems, various analytical tools and delinquency monitoring are used to assess the credit risk in the Bancorp’s homogenous consumer and small business loan portfolios.

Overview

General economic conditions showed only moderate improvement in 2012 and in the first quarter of 2013 as the economic recovery struggled to gain any significant momentum. Uncertainty in terms of finding long term solutions for federal government deficit spending continues to weigh on the economy. Geographically, the Bancorp continues to experience the most stress in Michigan and Florida due to previous declines in real estate values. Real estate value deterioration, as measured by the Home Price Index, was most prevalent in Florida due to past real estate price appreciation and related over-development, and in Michigan due in part to cutbacks in automobile manufacturing and the state’s economic downturn. Among commercial portfolios, the homebuilder, residential developer and portions of the remaining non-owner occupied commercial real estate portfolios continue to remain under stress.

Among consumer portfolios, residential mortgage and brokered home equity portfolios exhibited the most stress. Management suspended homebuilder and developer lending in 2007 and new commercial non-owner occupied real estate lending in 2008, discontinued the origination of brokered home equity products at the end of 2007 and tightened underwriting standards across both the commercial and consumer loan product offerings. With the stabilization of certain real estate markets, the Bank began to selectively originate new homebuilder and developer lending and non-owner occupied commercial lending real estate in the third quarter of 2011. However, the level of new originations is below the amortization and pay-off of the current portfolio. Since the fourth quarter of 2008, in an effort to reduce loan exposure to the real estate and construction industries, the Bancorp has sold certain consumer loans and sold or transferred to held for sale certain commercial loans. The Bancorp continues to aggressively engage in other loss mitigation strategies such as reducing credit commitments, restructuring certain commercial and consumer loans, tightening underwriting standards on commercial loans and across the consumer loan portfolio, as well as utilizing expanded commercial and consumer loan workout teams. For commercial and consumer loans owned by the Bancorp, loan modification strategies are developed that are workable for both the borrower and the Bancorp when the borrower displays a willingness to cooperate. These strategies typically involve either a reduction of the stated interest rate of the loan, an extension of the loan’s maturity date(s) with a stated rate lower than the current market rate for a new loan with similar risk, or in limited circumstances, a reduction of the principal balance of the loan or the loan’s accrued interest. For residential mortgage loans serviced for FHLMC and FNMA, the Bancorp participates in the HAMP and HARP 2.0 programs. For loans refinanced under the HARP 2.0 program, the Bancorp strictly adheres to the underwriting requirements of the program and promptly sells the refinanced loan back to the agencies. Loan restructuring under the HAMP program is performed on behalf of FHLMC or FNMA and the Bancorp does not take possession of these loans during the modification process. Therefore, participation in these programs does not significantly impact the Bancorp’s credit quality statistics. The Bancorp participates in trial modifications in conjunction with the HAMP program for loans it services for FHLMC and FNMA. As these trial modifications relate to loans serviced for others, they are not included in the Bancorp’s troubled debt restructurings as they are not assets of the Bancorp. In the event there is a representation and warranty violation on loans sold through the programs, the Bancorp may be required to repurchase the sold loan. As of March 31, 2013, repurchased loans restructured or refinanced under these programs were immaterial to the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. Additionally, as of March 31, 2013, $373 million of loans refinanced under HARP 2.0 were included in loans held for sale in the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. For the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Bancorp recognized $35 million of fee income in mortgage banking net revenue in the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income related to the sale of loans restructured or refinanced under the HAMP and HARP 2.0 programs.

In the financial services industry, there has been heightened focus on foreclosure activity and processes. The Bancorp actively works with borrowers experiencing difficulties and has regularly modified or provided forbearance to borrowers where a workable solution could be found. Foreclosure is a last resort, and the Bancorp undertakes foreclosures only when it believes they are necessary and appropriate and is careful to ensure that customer and loan data are accurate. Reviews of the Bancorp’s foreclosure process and procedures conducted in 2010 did not reveal any material deficiencies. These reviews were expanded and extended in 2011 to improve the Bancorp’s processes as additional aspects of the industry’s foreclosure practices have come under intensified scrutiny and criticism. These reviews are complete and the Bancorp has enhanced some of its processes and procedures to address some concerns that were raised and to comply with changes in state laws.

Commercial Portfolio

The Bancorp’s credit risk management strategy includes minimizing concentrations of risk through diversification. The Bancorp has commercial loan concentration limits based on industry, lines of business within the commercial segment, geography and credit product type.

The risk within the commercial loan and lease portfolio is managed and monitored through an underwriting process utilizing detailed origination policies, continuous loan level reviews, monitoring of industry concentration and product type limits and continuous portfolio risk management reporting. The origination policies for commercial real estate outline the risks and underwriting requirements for owner and non-owner occupied and construction lending. Included in the policies are maturity and amortization terms, maximum LTVs, minimum debt service coverage ratios, construction loan monitoring procedures, appraisal requirements, pre-leasing requirements (as applicable) and sensitivity and pro-forma analysis requirements. The Bancorp requires a valuation of real estate collateral, which may include third-party appraisals, be performed at the time of origination and renewal in accordance with regulatory requirements and on an as needed basis when market conditions justify. Although the Bancorp does not back test these collateral value assumptions, the Bancorp maintains an appraisal review department to order and review third-party appraisals in accordance with regulatory requirements. Collateral values on criticized assets with relationships exceeding $1 million are reviewed quarterly to assess the appropriateness of the value ascribed in the assessment of charge-offs and specific reserves. In addition, the Bancorp applies incremental valuation haircuts to older appraisals that relate to collateral

 

31


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

dependent loans, which can currently be up to 25-40% of the appraised value based on the type of collateral. These incremental valuation haircuts generally reflect the age of the most recent appraisal as well as collateral type. Trends in collateral values, such as home price indices and recent asset dispositions, are monitored in order to determine whether adjustments to the appraisal haircuts are warranted. Other factors such as local market conditions or location may also be considered as necessary.

The Bancorp assesses all real estate and non-real estate collateral securing a loan and considers all cross collateralized loans in the calculation of the LTV ratio. The following table provides detail on the most recent LTV ratios for commercial mortgage loans greater than $1 million, excluding impaired commercial mortgage loans individually evaluated. The Bancorp does not typically aggregate the LTV ratios for commercial mortgage loans less than $1 million.

TABLE 27: Commercial Mortgage Loans Outstanding by LTV, Loans Greater Than $1 Million

 

As of March 31, 2013 ($ in millions)

   LTV > 100%      LTV 80-100%      LTV < 80%  

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans

   $ 387         315         2,277   

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

     440         608         1,877   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 827         923         4,154   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TABLE 28: Commercial Mortgage Loans Outstanding by LTV, Loans Greater Than $1 Million

 

As of December 31, 2012 ($ in millions)

   LTV > 100%      LTV 80-100%      LTV < 80%  

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans

   $ 390         302         2,325   

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

     450         605         1,955   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 840         907         4,280   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

32


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

The following table provides detail on commercial loans and leases by industry classification (as defined by the North American Industry Classification System), by loan size and by state, illustrating the diversity and granularity of the Bancorp’s commercial loans and leases:

TABLE 29: Commercial Loan and Lease Portfolio (excluding loans held for sale)

 

     March 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  
     Outstanding     Exposure      Nonaccrual      Outstanding     Exposure      Nonaccrual  

By industry:

               

Manufacturing

   $ 10,027        18,001         60       $ 9,982        18,414         58   

Real estate

     5,271        6,401         173         5,588        6,840         198   

Financial services and insurance

     5,248        12,173         53         4,886        12,062         54   

Business services

     4,648        6,666         47         4,600        6,917         56   

Wholesale trade

     4,266        7,297         27         4,042        7,401         26   

Healthcare

     4,074        5,649         14         4,079        6,094         14   

Transportation and warehousing

     2,982        2,770         3         3,105        4,222         3   

Retail trade

     2,722        5,833         28         2,624        5,699         38   

Construction

     1,948        3,297         98         1,995        3,254         105   

Mining

     1,696        2,655         —           1,683        2,767         —     

Accommodation and food

     1,630        2,237         14         1,478        2,160         17   

Communication and information

     1,628        2,638         19         1,547        2,631         19   

Other services

     1,141        1,446         39         1,156        1,517         42   

Entertainment and recreation

     852        1,388         11         914        1,393         11   

Utilities

     625        1,900         —           608        2,009         —     

Public administration

     462        557         —           441        693         —     

Agribusiness

     348        462         40         376        527         44   

Individuals

     213        269         12         281        335         12   

Other

     4        3         1         3        2         —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 49,785        81,642         639       $ 49,388        84,937         697   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

By loan size:

               

Less than $200,000

         1         9             1         9   

$200,000 to $1 million

     6        5         22         6        5         22   

$1 million to $5 million

     14        12         27         15        12         28   

$5 million to $10 million

     11        9         13         11        9         13   

$10 million to $25 million

     26        24         25         27        25         24   

Greater than $25 million

     41        49         4         39        48         4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     100      100         100         100      100         100   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

By state:

               

Ohio

     20      23         13         20      24         13   

Michigan

     11        10         20         11        10         17   

Illinois

     8        8         11         8        8         8   

Florida

     7        6         17         7        6         19   

Indiana

     5        5         11         5        5         11   

Kentucky

     4        4         3         4        3         4   

North Carolina

     3        3         2         3        3         2   

Tennessee

     3        3         5         3        3         5   

Pennsylvania

     3        2         1         3        2         1   

All other states

     36        36         17         36        36         20   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     100      100         100         100      100         100   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

33


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

The Bancorp has identified certain categories of loans which it believes represent a higher level of risk compared to the rest of the Bancorp’s loan portfolio, due to economic or market conditions within the Bancorp’s key lending areas. The following tables provide analysis of each of the categories of loans (excluding loans held for sale) by state as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012:

TABLE 30: Non-Owner Occupied Commercial Real Estate (a)

 

As of March 31, 2013 ($ in millions)

                               For the three months
ended March 31, 2013
 

By State:

   Outstanding      Exposure      90 Days
Past Due
     Nonaccrual      Net Charge-offs  

Ohio

   $ 1,144         1,308         —           25         12   

Michigan

     1,018         1,082         —           48         —     

Florida

     539         592         —           32         4   

Illinois

     417         487         —           15         —     

Indiana

     238         255         —           10         —     

North Carolina

     192         248         —           7         —     

All other states

     1,020         1,326         —           29         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,568         5,298         —           166         16   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Included in commercial mortgage and commercial construction loans on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

TABLE 31: Non-Owner Occupied Commercial Real Estate (a)

 

As of March 31, 2012

                               For the three months
ended March 31, 2012
 

By State:

   Outstanding      Exposure      90 Days
Past Due
     Nonaccrual      Net Charge-offs  

Ohio

   $ 1,855         2,029         1         87         4   

Michigan

     1,353         1,379         —           76         13   

Florida

     673         706         —           56         11   

Illinois

     405         445         —           48         4   

Indiana

     295         298         —           13         —     

North Carolina

     278         311         —           21         2   

All other states

     594         624         —           31         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,453         5,792         1         332         34   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Included in commercial mortgage and commercial construction loans on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

TABLE 32: Homebuilder and Developer (a)

 

As of March 31, 2013 ($ in millions)

                               For the three months
ended March 31, 2013
 

By State:

   Outstanding      Exposure      90 Days
Past Due
     Nonaccrual      Net Charge-offs  

Ohio

   $ 134         187         —           11         1   

Michigan

     47         54         —           4         —     

Florida

     29         58         —           3         —     

Illinois

     27         27         —           7         —     

North Carolina

     26         34         —           —           —     

Indiana

     19         21         —           7         —     

All other states

     27         32         —           3         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 309         413         —           35         1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Homebuilder and Developer loans, exclusive of commercial and industrial loans with an outstanding balance of $72 and a total exposure of $119 are also included in Table 30: Non-Owner Occupied Commercial Real Estate.

TABLE 33: Homebuilder and Developer (a)

 

As of March 31, 2012 ($ in millions)

                               For the three months
ended March 31, 2012
 

By State:

   Outstanding      Exposure      90 Days
Past Due
     Nonaccrual      Net Charge-offs  

Ohio

   $ 132         196         1         12         4   

Michigan

     82         105         —           5         5   

Florida

     51         68         —           16         9   

Illinois

     13         23         —           11         3   

North Carolina

     43         47         —           9         —     

Indiana

     50         54         —           10         —     

All other states

     52         62         —           11         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 423         555         1         74         21   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Homebuilder and Developer loans, exclusive of commercial and industrial loans with an outstanding balance of $100 and a total exposure of $186 are also included in Table 31: Non-Owner Occupied Commercial Real Estate.

 

34


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

Consumer Portfolio

The Bancorp’s consumer portfolio is materially comprised of three categories of loans: residential mortgage, home equity, and automobile. The Bancorp has identified certain categories within these loan types which it believes represent a higher level of risk compared to the rest of the consumer loan portfolio due to high loan amount to collateral value. The Bancorp does not update LTV ratios for the consumer portfolio subsequent to origination except as part of the charge-off process for real estate secured loans.

Residential Mortgage Portfolio

The Bancorp manages credit risk in the residential mortgage portfolio through conservative underwriting and documentation standards and geographic and product diversification. The Bancorp may also package and sell loans in the portfolio.

The Bancorp does not originate mortgage loans that permit customers to defer principal payments or make payments that are less than the accruing interest. The Bancorp originates both fixed and adjustable rate residential mortgage loans. Resets of rates on adjustable rate mortgages are not expected to have a material impact on credit costs in the current interest rate environment, as approximately $1.1 billion of adjustable rate residential mortgage loans will have rate resets during the next twelve months, with less than one percent of those resets expected to experience an increase in monthly payments in comparison to the monthly payment at the time of origination.

Certain residential mortgage products have contractual features that may increase credit exposure to the Bancorp in the event of a decline in housing values. These types of mortgage products offered by the Bancorp include loans with high LTV ratios, multiple loans on the same collateral that when combined result in an LTV greater than 80% and interest-only loans. The Bancorp monitors residential mortgage loans with greater than 80% LTV ratios and no mortgage insurance as it believes these loans represent a higher level of risk.

The following table provides an analysis of the residential mortgage portfolio loans outstanding, excluding held for sale, by LTV at origination:

TABLE 34: Residential Mortgage Portfolio Loans by LTV at Origination

 

     March 31, 2013     December 31, 2012  

($ in millions)

   Outstanding      Weighted
Average
LTV
    Outstanding      Weighted
Average
LTV
 

LTV £ 80%

   $ 9,071         65.5    $ 8,993         65.8 

LTV > 80%, with mortgage insurance

     1,181         93.7        1,165         93.6   

LTV > 80%, no mortgage insurance

     1,839         95.7        1,859         95.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 12,091         72.8    $ 12,017         73.1 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following tables provide analysis of the residential mortgage portfolio loans outstanding, excluding held for sale, with a greater than 80% LTV ratio and no mortgage insurance:

TABLE 35: Residential Mortgage Portfolio Loans, LTV Greater Than 80%, No Mortgage Insurance

 

As of March 31, 2013 ($ in millions)

                        For the three months
ended March 31, 2013
 

By State:

   Outstanding      90 Days
Past Due
     Nonaccrual      Net Charge-offs  

Ohio

   $ 588         2         23         3   

Michigan

     305         1         9         2   

Florida

     259         1         17         1   

Illinois

     197         1         4         1   

Indiana

     116         1         5         —     

North Carolina

     104         —           3         —     

Kentucky

     87         2         3         —     

All other states

     183         1         3         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,839         9         67         7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

35


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

TABLE 36: Residential Mortgage Portfolio Loans, LTV Greater Than 80%, No Mortgage Insurance

 

As of March 31, 2012 ($ in millions)

                        For the three months
ended March 31, 2012
 

By State:

   Outstanding      90 Days
Past Due
     Nonaccrual      Net Charge-offs  

Ohio

   $ 598         3         25         4   

Michigan

     307         1         14         3   

Florida

     257         1         19         4   

Illinois

     134         1         3         1   

Indiana

     109         1         2         —     

North Carolina

     113         2         5         1   

Kentucky

     86         1         3         —     

All other states

     136         1         4         1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,740         11         75         14   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Home Equity Portfolio

The Bancorp’s home equity portfolio is primarily comprised of home equity lines of credit. Beginning in the first quarter of 2013, the Bancorp’s newly originated home equity lines of credit have a 10-year interest only draw period followed by a 20-year amortization period. The home equity line of credit previously offered by the Bancorp was a revolving facility with a 20-year term, minimum payments of interest only and a balloon payment of principal at maturity.

The ALLL provides coverage for probable and estimable losses in the home equity portfolio. The allowance attributable to the portion of the home equity portfolio that has not been restructured in a TDR is calculated on a pooled basis with first lien and junior-lien categories segmented in the determination of the probable credit losses in the home equity portfolio. The modeled loss factor for the home equity portfolio is based on the trailing twelve month historical loss rate for each category, as adjusted for certain prescriptive loss rate factors and certain qualitative adjustment factors to reflect risks associated with current conditions and trends. The prescriptive loss rate factors include adjustments for delinquency trends, LTV trends, refreshed FICO score trends and product mix. The qualitative factors include adjustments for credit administration and portfolio management, credit policy and underwriting and the national and local economy. The Bancorp considers home price index trends when determining the national and local economy qualitative factor.

The home equity portfolio is managed in two primary groups: loans outstanding with a LTV greater than 80% and those loans with a LTV 80% or less based upon appraisals at origination. The carrying value of the greater than 80% LTV home equity loans and 80% or less LTV home equity loans were $3.5 billion and $6.2 billion, respectively, as of March 31, 2013. Of the total $9.7 billion of outstanding home equity loans:

 

   

82% reside within the Bancorp’s Midwest footprint of Ohio, Michigan, Kentucky, Indiana and Illinois;

 

   

33% are in first lien positions and 67% are in second lien positions at March 31, 2013;

 

   

For approximately 1/3 of the home equity portfolio in a second lien position, the first lien is either owned or serviced by the Bancorp;

 

   

Over 80% of non-delinquent borrowers made at least one payment greater than the minimum payment during the three months ended March 31, 2013; and

 

   

The portfolio had an average refreshed FICO score of 734 and 735 at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

The Bancorp actively manages lines of credit and makes reductions in lending limits when it believes it is necessary based on FICO score deterioration and property devaluation. The Bancorp does not routinely obtain appraisals on performing loans to update LTV ratios after origination. However, the Bancorp monitors the local housing markets by reviewing various home price indices and incorporates the impact of the changing market conditions in its on-going credit monitoring processes. For second lien home equity loans, the Bancorp is unable to track the performance of the first lien loans if it does not service the first lien loan, but instead monitors the refreshed FICO scores as part of its assessment of the home equity portfolio.

 

36


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

The following table provides an analysis of home equity loans outstanding disaggregated based upon refreshed FICO score:

TABLE 37: Home Equity Loans Outstanding by Refreshed FICO Score

 

     March 31, 2013     December 31, 2012  

($ in millions)

   Outstanding      % of
Total
    Outstanding      % of
Total
 

First Liens:

          

FICO < 620

   $ 229             224        

FICO 621-719

     636         7        653         6   

FICO > 720

     2,317         24        2,374         24   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total First Liens

     3,182         33        3,251         32   

Second Liens:

          

FICO < 620

     645         7        661         7   

FICO 621-719

     1,786         18        1,817         18   

FICO > 720

     4,114         42        4,289         43   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Second Liens

     6,545         67        6,767         68   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 9,727         100      10,018         100 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Bancorp believes that home equity loans with a greater than 80% combined LTV ratio present a higher level of risk. The following table provides an analysis of the home equity loans outstanding in a first and second lien position by LTV at origination:

TABLE 38: Home Equity Loans Outstanding by LTV at Origination

 

     March 31, 2013     December 31, 2012  

($ in millions)

   Outstanding      Weighted
Average LTV
    Outstanding      Weighted
Average LTV
 

First Liens:

          

LTV £ 80%

   $ 2,709         54.9      2,763         54.9 

LTV > 80%

     473         88.9        488         88.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total First Liens

     3,182         60.1        3,251         60.2   

Second Liens:

          

LTV £ 80%

     3,500         67.3        3,602         67.3   

LTV > 80%

     3,045         91.5        3,165         91.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Second Liens

     6,545         80.5        6,767         80.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 9,727         73.3      10,018         73.4 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following tables provide analysis of home equity loans by state with LTV greater than 80%:

TABLE 39: Home Equity Loans Outstanding with LTV Greater than 80%

 

As of March 31, 2013 ($ in millions)

                               For the three months
ended March 31, 2013
 

By State:

   Outstanding      Exposure      90 Days
Past Due
     Nonaccrual      Net Charge-offs  

Ohio

   $ 1,205         1,887         6         6         5   

Michigan

     768         1,081         5         3         5   

Illinois

     417         599         4         2         2   

Indiana

     333         506         3         2         1   

Kentucky

     312         485         2         1         1   

Florida

     127         171         2         3         1   

All other states

     356         477         3         3         3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,518         5,206         25         20         18   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TABLE 40: Home Equity Loans Outstanding with LTV Greater than 80%

 

As of March 31, 2012 ($ in millions)

                               For the three months
ended March 31, 2012
 

By State:

   Outstanding      Exposure      90 Days
Past Due
     Nonaccrual      Net Charge-offs  

Ohio

   $ 1,346         2,040         10         6         8   

Michigan

     860         1,175         8         4         7   

Illinois

     437         620         6         2         6   

Indiana

     377         560         2         2         1   

Kentucky

     354         534         2         1         2   

Florida

     140         184         3         2         3   

All other states

     398         513         6         3         4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,912         5,626         37         20         31   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

37


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

Automobile Portfolio

The automobile portfolio is characterized by direct and indirect lending products to consumers. As of March 31, 2013, 49% of the automobile loan portfolio is comprised of new automobiles. It is a common practice to advance on automobile loans an amount in excess of the automobile value due to the inclusion of taxes, title, and other fees paid at closing. The Bancorp monitors its exposure to these higher risk loans.

The following table provides an analysis of automobile loans outstanding by LTV at origination:

TABLE 41: Automobile Loans Outstanding with LTV at Origination

 

     March 31, 2013     December 31, 2012  

($ in millions)

   Outstanding      Weighted
Average LTV
    Outstanding      Weighted
Average LTV
 

LTV £ 100%

   $ 7,955         81.7      8,123         81.5 

LTV > 100%

     3,786         110.8        3,849         110.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 11,741         91.4      11,972         91.2 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following tables provide analysis of the Bancorp’s automobile loans with a LTV at origination greater than 100%:

TABLE 42: Automobile Loans Outstanding with LTV Greater than 100%

 

As of March 31, 2013 ($ in millions)

                        For the three months
ended March 31, 2013
 

By State:

   Outstanding      90 Days
Past Due
     Nonaccrual      Net Charge-offs  

Ohio

   $ 393         —           —           —     

Illinois

     221         —           —           —     

Michigan

     212         —           —           —     

Florida

     194         —           —           —     

Indiana

     155         —           —           —     

Kentucky

     136         —           —           —     

All other states

     2,475         4         1         3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,786         4         1         3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TABLE 43: Automobile Loans Outstanding with LTV Greater than 100%

 

As of March 31, 2012 ($ in millions)

                        For the three months
ended March 31, 2012
 

By State:

   Outstanding      90 Days
Past Due
     Nonaccrual      Net Charge-offs  

Ohio

   $ 413         1         —           1   

Illinois

     268         —           —           1   

Michigan

     235         —           —           —     

Florida

     194         —           —           —     

Indiana

     173         —           —           —     

Kentucky

     150         —           —           —     

All other states

     2,534         3         2         4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,967         4         2         6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

European Exposure

The Bancorp has no direct sovereign exposure to any European nation as of March 31, 2013. In providing services to our customers, the Bancorp routinely enters into financial transactions with foreign domiciled and U.S. subsidiaries of foreign businesses as well as foreign financial institutions. These financial transactions are in the form of loans, loan commitments, letters of credit, derivatives and securities. The Bancorp’s risk appetite for foreign country exposure is managed by having established country exposure limits. The Bancorp’s total exposure to European domiciled or owned businesses and European financial institutions was $2.7 billion and funded exposure was $1.6 billion as of March 31, 2013. Additionally, the Bancorp was within its established country exposure limits for all European countries.

Certain European countries have been experiencing increased levels of stress throughout 2012 and during the three months ended March 31, 2013 including Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain. The Bancorp’s total exposure to businesses domiciled or owned by companies and financial institutions in these countries was approximately $223 million and funded exposure was $137 million as of March 31, 2013.

 

38


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

The following table provides detail about the Bancorp’s exposure to all European domiciled and owned businesses and financial institutions as of March 31, 2013:

TABLE 44: European Exposure

 

     Sovereigns      Financial Institutions      Non-Financial
Institutions
     Total  

($ in millions)

   Total
Exposure
     Funded
Exposure
     Total
Exposure
     Funded
Exposure
     Total
Exposure
     Funded
Exposure
     Total
Exposure(a)
     Funded
Exposure
 

Peripheral Europe(b)

   $ —           —           22         —           201         137         223         137   

Other Eurozone(c)

     —           —           26         12         1,676         945         1,702         957   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Eurozone

     —           —           48         12         1,877         1,082         1,925         1,094   

Other Europe(d)

     —           —           51         31         753         473         804         504   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Europe

   $ —           —           99         43         2,630         1,555         2,729         1,598   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Total exposure includes funded exposure and unfunded commitments, reported net of collateral.
(b) Peripheral Europe includes Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain.
(c) Eurozone includes countries participating in the European common currency (Euro).
(d) Other Europe includes European countries not part of the Euro (primarily the United Kingdom and Switzerland).

Analysis of Nonperforming Assets

Nonperforming assets include nonaccrual loans and leases for which ultimate collectability of the full amount of the principal and/or interest is uncertain; restructured commercial and credit card loans which have not yet met the requirements to be classified as a performing asset; restructured consumer loans which are 90 days past due based on the restructured terms unless the loan is both well-secured and in the process of collection; and certain other assets, including OREO and other repossessed property. A summary of nonperforming assets is included in Table 45. Residential mortgage loans are placed on nonaccrual status when principal and interest payments have become past due 150 days unless such loans are both well secured and in the process of collection. Residential mortgage loans may stay on nonperforming status for an extended time as the foreclosure process typically lasts longer than 180 days. Typically home equity loans are reported on nonaccrual status if principal or interest has been in default for 180 days or more unless the loan is both well secured and in the process of collection. Residential mortgage, home equity, automobile and other consumer loans and leases that have been modified in a TDR and subsequently become past due 90 days are placed on nonaccrual status unless the loan is both well secured and in the process of collection. Commercial and credit card loans that have been modified in a TDR are classified as nonaccrual unless such loans have a sustained repayment performance of six months or greater and the Bancorp is reasonably assured of repayment in accordance with the restructured terms. Well secured loans are collateralized by perfected security interests in real and/or personal property for which the Bancorp estimates proceeds from sale would be sufficient to recover the outstanding principal and accrued interest balance of the loan and pay all costs to sell the collateral. The Bancorp considers a loan in the process of collection if collection efforts or legal action is proceeding and the Bancorp expects to collect funds sufficient to bring the loan current or recover the entire outstanding principal and accrued interest balance. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, the accrual of interest, amortization of loan premiums, accretion of loan discounts and amortization or accretion of deferred net loan fees or costs are discontinued and previously accrued, but unpaid interest is reversed. Commercial loans on nonaccrual status are reviewed for impairment at least quarterly. If the principal or a portion of the principal is deemed a loss, the loss amount is charged off to the ALLL.

Total nonperforming assets, including loans held for sale, were $1.2 billion at March 31, 2013 compared to $1.3 billion at December 31, 2012. At March 31, 2013, $19 million of nonaccrual loans, consisting primarily of real estate secured loans, were held for sale, compared to $29 million at December 31, 2012, respectively.

Nonperforming assets as a percentage of total loans, leases and other assets, including OREO and nonaccrual loans held for sale as of March 31, 2013 were 1.39%, compared to 1.48% as of December 31, 2012. Excluding nonaccrual loans held for sale, nonperforming assets as a percentage of portfolio loans, leases and other assets, including OREO were 1.41% as of March 31, 2013, compared to 1.49% as of December 31, 2012. The composition of nonaccrual loans and leases continues to be concentrated in real estate as 66% of nonaccrual loans and leases were secured by real estate as of March 31, 2013 compared with 67% as of December 31, 2012.

Commercial nonperforming loans and leases were $658 million at March 31, 2013, a decrease of $68 million from December 31, 2012. Excluding commercial nonperforming loans and leases held for sale, commercial nonperforming loans and leases at March 31, 2013 decreased $58 million compared to December 31, 2012 due to moderation in general economic conditions.

Consumer nonperforming loans and leases were $312 million at March 31, 2013, a decrease of $20 million from December 31, 2012. The decrease is due to a decline in new nonaccrual loans. Home equity nonaccrual levels remain modest as the Bancorp continues to fully charge-off a high proportion of the severely delinquent loans at 180 days past due. Geographical market conditions continue to be a large driver of nonaccrual activity as Florida properties represent approximately 14% and 8% of residential mortgage and home equity balances, respectively, but represent 46% and 19% of nonaccrual loans for each category. Refer to Table 46 for a rollforward of the nonperforming loans and leases.

Consumer restructured loans on accrual status totaled $1.7 billion at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. As of March 31, 2013, the percentage of restructured residential mortgage loans, home equity loans, and credit card loans that are past due 30 days or more are 24%, 11% and 14%, respectively.

 

39


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

OREO and other repossessed property was $259 million at March 31, 2013 compared to $257 million at December 31, 2012. The Bancorp recognized $22 million and $23 million in losses on the sale or write-down of OREO properties for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. These losses are primarily reflective of the continued stress in the Michigan and Florida markets for commercial real estate and residential mortgage loans as Michigan and Florida represented 27% and 33%, respectively, of total OREO losses for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared with 16% and 26%, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2012. Properties in Michigan and Florida accounted for 37% of OREO at March 31, 2013, compared to 38% at December 31, 2012.

For the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, approximately $20 million and $27 million, respectively, of interest income would have been recognized if the nonaccrual and renegotiated loans and leases on nonaccrual status had been current in accordance with their original terms. Although these values help demonstrate the costs of carrying nonaccrual credits, the Bancorp does not expect to recover the full amount of interest as nonaccrual loans and leases are generally carried below their principal balance.

TABLE 45: Summary of Nonperforming Assets and Delinquent Loans

 

($ in millions)

   March 31, 2013     December 31, 2012  

Nonaccrual loans and leases:

    

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 229        234   

Commercial mortgage loans

     184        215   

Commercial construction loans

     66        70   

Commercial leases

     1        1   

Residential mortgage loans

     110        114   

Home equity

     28        30   

Other consumer loans and leases

     —         1   

Restructured loans and leases:

    

Commercial and industrial loans

     83        96   

Commercial mortgage loans(f)

     65        67   

Commercial construction loans

     3        6   

Commercial leases

     8        8   

Residential mortgage loans

     111        123   

Home equity

     22        23   

Automobile loans

     2        2   

Credit card

     39        39   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonperforming loans and leases(d)

     951        1,029   

OREO and other repossessed property(c)

     259        257   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonperforming assets

     1,210        1,286   

Nonaccrual loans held for sale

     19        29   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonperforming assets including loans held for sale

   $ 1,229        1,315   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans and leases 90 days past due and accruing

    

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 1        1   

Commercial mortgage loans

     —           22   

Commercial construction loans

     —           1   

Residential mortgage loans(b)

     74        75   

Home equity

     53        58   

Automobile loans

     7        8   

Credit card

     29        30   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans and leases 90 days past due and accruing(e)

   $ 164        195   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nonperforming assets as a percent of portfolio loans, leases and other assets, including OREO(a)

     1.41      1.49   

Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percent of nonperforming assets(a)

     147        144   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Excludes nonaccrual loans held for sale.
(b) Information for all periods presented excludes advances made pursuant to servicing agreements to GNMA mortgage loan pools whose repayments are insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs. These advances were $414 as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The Bancorp recognized immaterial credit losses for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012.
(c) Excludes $65 and $72 of OREO related to government insured loans at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.
(d) Includes $13 and $10 of nonaccrual government insured commercial loans whose repayments are insured by the SBA at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, and $1 of restructured nonaccrual government insured loans at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.
(e) Includes an immaterial amount of government insured commercial loans 90 days past due and accruing whose repayments are insured by the SBA at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.
(f) Excludes $22 of restructured nonaccrual loans at March 31, 2013 associated with a consolidated variable interest entity in which the Bancorp has no continuing credit risk due to the risk being assumed by a third party.

 

40


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

The following table provides a rollforward of portfolio nonperforming loans and leases, by portfolio segment:

TABLE 46: Rollforward of Portfolio Nonperforming Loans and Leases

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2013 ($ in millions)

   Commercial     Residential
Mortgage
    Consumer     Total  

Beginning Balance

   $ 697        237        95        1,029   

Transfers to nonperforming

     80        51        73        204   

Transfers to performing

     (1     (9     (17     (27

Transfers to performing (restructured)

     (4     (11     (18     (33

Transfers to held for sale

     (1     —          —          (1

Loans sold from portfolio

     (3     —          —          (3

Loan paydowns/payoffs

     (53     (23     (4     (80

Transfers to other real estate owned

     (27     (17     —          (44

Charge-offs

     (54     (7     (39     (100

Draws/other extensions of credit

     5        —          1        6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Balance

   $ 639        221        91        951   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2012 ($ in millions)

        

Beginning Balance

   $ 1,058        275        105        1,438   

Transfers to nonperforming

     168        87        97        352   

Transfers to performing

     (1     (15     (21     (37

Transfers to performing (restructured)

     (2     (12     (24     (38

Transfers to held for sale

     (3     —          —          (3

Loans sold from portfolio

     (8     (4     —          (12

Loan paydowns/payoffs

     (94     (24     (4     (122

Transfers to other real estate owned

     (36     (18     —          (54

Charge-offs

     (101     (24     (56     (181

Draws/other extensions of credit

     7        —          2        9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Balance

   $ 988        265        99        1,352   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings

If a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, the Bancorp may consider, in certain circumstances, modifying the terms of their loan to maximize collection of amounts due. Typically, these modifications reduce the loan interest rate, extend the loan term, reduce the accrued interest or in limited circumstances, reduce the principal balance of the loan. These modifications are classified as TDRs.

At the time of modification, the Bancorp maintains certain consumer loan TDRs (including residential mortgage loans, home equity loans, and other consumer loans) on accrual status, provided there is reasonable assurance of repayment and performance according to the modified terms based upon a current, well-documented credit evaluation. Commercial loans modified as part of a TDR are maintained on accrual status provided there is a sustained payment history of six months or greater prior to the modification in accordance with the modified terms and all remaining contractual payments under the modified terms are reasonably assured of collection. TDRs of commercial loans and credit card loans that do not have a sustained payment history of six months or greater in accordance with the modified terms remain on nonaccrual status until a six-month payment history is sustained.

The following table summarizes TDRs by loan type and delinquency status:

TABLE 47: Performing and Nonperforming TDRs

 

      Performing                

As of March 31, 2013 ($ in millions)

   Current      30-89 Days
Past Due
     90 Days or
More Past Due
     Nonaccrual      Total  

Commercial(b)(c)

   $ 439         2         —           159         600   

Residential mortgages(a)

     1,029         69         103         111         1,312   

Home equity

     389         30         —           22         441   

Automobile and other consumer loans and leases

     29         2         —           2         33   

Credit card

     32         —           —           39         71   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,918         103         103         333         2,457   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Information includes advances made pursuant to servicing agreements for GNMA mortgage pools whose repayments are insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs. As of March 31, 2013, these advances represented $127 of current loans, $25 of 30-89 days past due loans and $84 of 90 days or more past due loans.
(b) Excludes $8 of restructured accruing loans and $22 of restructured nonaccrual loans associated with a consolidated variable interest entity in which the Bancorp has no continuing credit risk due to the risk being assumed by a third party.
(c) Excludes restructured nonaccrual loans held for sale.

During the third quarter of 2012, the OCC, a national bank regulatory agency, issued interpretive guidance that requires non-reaffirmed loans included in Chapter 7 bankruptcy filings to be accounted for as nonperforming TDRs and collateral dependent loans regardless of their payment history and capacity to pay in the future. The Bancorp’s banking subsidiary is a state chartered bank which therefore is not subject to guidance of the OCC, however, the Bancorp is closely following these developments and is in communication with its regulators to evaluate

 

41


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

their position on this new guidance. At March 31, 2013, the Bancorp had loans with unpaid principal balances totaling approximately $175 million that could potentially be impacted by this guidance, of which approximately 87% are current with their original contractual payments and approximately $64 million are already classified as TDRs. This guidance, if fully adopted by the Bancorp’s regulators, would result in additional charge-offs of approximately $70 million as well as additional TDRs and possible increases to nonperforming assets.

Analysis of Net Loan Charge-offs

Net charge-offs were 63 bps and 108 bps of average portfolio loans and leases for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Table 48 provides a summary of credit loss experience and net charge-offs as a percentage of average portfolio loans and leases outstanding by loan category.

The ratio of commercial loan and lease net charge-offs to average portfolio commercial loans and leases decreased to 44 bps during the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to 89 bps during the three months ended March 31, 2012. The decrease is a result of decreases in net charge-offs of $48 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 from the same period in the prior year coupled with an increase in the average portfolio commercial loan and lease balances of $3.7 billion. Decreases in net charge-offs were realized across all commercial loan types and were primarily due to improvements in general economic conditions and previous actions taken by the Bancorp to address problem loans. Among several actions taken by the Bancorp were suspending homebuilder and developer lending in 2007 and non-owner occupied commercial real estate lending in 2008 and tightened underwriting standards across all commercial loan product offerings. The Bancorp resumed homebuilder and developer lending and non-owner occupied commercial real estate lending in the third quarter of 2011. Net charge-offs for the three months ended March 31, 2013 related to non-owner occupied commercial real estate were $16 million compared to $34 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. Net charge-offs related to non-owner occupied commercial real estate are recorded in the commercial mortgage loans and commercial construction loans captions in Table 48. Net charge-offs on these loans represented 30% and 33% of total commercial loan and lease net charge-offs for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The ratio of consumer loan and lease net charge-offs to average portfolio consumer loans and leases decreased to 89 bps during the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to 133 bps during the three months ended March 31, 2012. Residential mortgage loan net charge-offs, which typically involve partial charge-offs based upon appraised values of underlying collateral, decreased $17 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the same period from the prior year as a result of improvements in delinquencies and a decrease in the average loss recorded per charge-off. The Bancorp’s combined Florida and Michigan markets accounted for 52% and 70% of net charge-offs on residential mortgage loans in the portfolio during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Fifth Third expects the composition of the residential mortgage portfolio to improve as it continues to retain high quality, shorter duration residential mortgage loans that are originated through its branch network as a low-cost, refinance product of conforming residential mortgage loans.

Home equity net charge-offs decreased $16 million compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012, primarily due to decreases in net charge-offs in the broker channel and the Florida market. In addition, management actively manages lines of credit and makes reductions in lending limits when it believes it is necessary based on FICO score deterioration or property devaluation.

Automobile loan net charge-offs decreased $5 million compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012 due to the origination of high credit quality loans as a result of tighter underwriting standards and higher resale on automobiles sold at auction.

Credit card and other consumer loan net charge-offs remained relatively flat compared to the same period in the prior year. The Bancorp utilizes a risk-adjusted pricing methodology to ensure adequate compensation is received for those products that have higher credit costs.

 

42


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

TABLE 48: Summary of Credit Loss Experience

 

     For the three months
ended March 31,
 

($ in millions)

   2013     2012  

Losses charged off:

    

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ (35     (60

Commercial mortgage loans

     (29     (37

Commercial construction loans

     (4     (20

Residential mortgage loans

     (22     (38

Home equity

     (34     (50

Automobile loans

     (12     (16

Credit card

     (23     (24

Other consumer loans and leases

     (9     (8
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total losses

     (168     (253

Recoveries of losses previously charged off:

    

Commercial and industrial loans

     10        6   

Commercial mortgage loans

     3        7   

Commercial construction loans

     1        2   

Residential mortgage loans

     2        1   

Home equity

     4        4   

Automobile loans

     8        7   

Credit card

     3        4   

Other consumer loans and leases

     4        2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recoveries

     35        33   

Net losses charged off:

    

Commercial and industrial loans

     (25     (54

Commercial mortgage loans

     (26     (30

Commercial construction loans

     (3     (18

Residential mortgage loans

     (20     (37

Home equity

     (30     (46

Automobile loans

     (4     (9

Credit card

     (20     (20

Other consumer loans and leases

     (5     (6
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net losses charged off

   $ (133     (220
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs as a percent of average loans and leases (excluding held for sale):

    

Commercial and industrial loans

     0.28      0.69   

Commercial mortgage loans

     1.18        1.18   

Commercial construction loans

     1.44        7.30   

Commercial leases

     0.03        0.01   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial loans

     0.44        0.89   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Residential mortgage loans

     0.69        1.39   

Home equity

     1.23        1.76   

Automobile loans

     0.16        0.33   

Credit card

     3.82        4.18   

Other consumer loans and leases

     6.61        5.51   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer loans and leases

     0.89        1.33   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net losses charged off

     0.63      1.08   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for Credit Losses

The allowance for credit losses is comprised of the ALLL and the reserve for unfunded commitments. The ALLL provides coverage for probable and estimable losses in the loan and lease portfolio. The Bancorp evaluates the ALLL each quarter to determine its adequacy to cover inherent losses. Several factors are taken into consideration in the determination of the overall ALLL, including an unallocated component. These factors include, but are not limited to, the overall risk profile of the loan and lease portfolios, net charge-off experience, the extent of impaired loans and leases, the level of nonaccrual loans and leases, the level of 90 days past due loans and leases and the overall percentage level of the ALLL. The Bancorp also considers overall asset quality trends, credit administration and portfolio management practices, risk identification practices, credit policy and underwriting practices, overall portfolio growth, portfolio concentrations and current national and local economic conditions that might impact the portfolio. More information on the ALLL can be found in Management’s Discussion and Analysis — Critical Accounting Policies in the Bancorp’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012.

During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Bancorp did not substantively change any material aspect of its overall approach in the determination of the ALLL and there have been no material changes in assumptions or estimation techniques as compared to prior periods that impacted the determination of the current period allowance. In addition to the ALLL, the Bancorp maintains a reserve for unfunded commitments recorded in other liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. The methodology used to determine the adequacy of this reserve is similar to the Bancorp’s methodology for determining the ALLL. The provision for unfunded commitments is included in other noninterest expense in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

43


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

The ALLL attributable to the portion of the residential mortgage and consumer loan and lease portfolio that has not been restructured is determined on a pooled basis with the segmentation being based on the similarity of credit risk characteristics. Loss factors for real estate backed consumer loans are developed for each pool based on the trailing twelve month historical loss rate, as adjusted for certain prescriptive loss rate factors and certain qualitative adjustment factors. The prescriptive loss rate factors and qualitative adjustments are designed to reflect risks associated with current conditions and trends which are not believed to be fully reflected in the trailing twelve month historical loss rate. For real estate backed consumer loans, the prescriptive loss rate factors include adjustments for delinquency trends, LTV trends, refreshed FICO score trends and product mix, and the qualitative factors include adjustments for credit administration and portfolio management practices, credit policy and underwriting practices and the national and local economy. The Bancorp considers home price index trends in its footprint when determining the national and local economy qualitative factor. The Bancorp also considers the volatility of collateral valuation trends when determining the unallocated component of the ALLL.

The Bancorp’s determination of the ALLL for commercial loans is sensitive to the risk grades it assigns to these loans. In the event that 10% of commercial loans in each risk category would experience a downgrade of one risk category, the allowance for commercial loans would increase by approximately $170 million at March 31, 2013. In addition, the Bancorp’s determination of the allowance for residential and consumer loans is sensitive to changes in estimated loss rates. In the event that estimated loss rates would increase by 10%, the allowance for residential and consumer loans would increase by approximately $48 million at March 31, 2013. As several qualitative and quantitative factors are considered in determining the ALLL, these sensitivity analyses do not necessarily reflect the nature and extent of future changes in the ALLL. They are intended to provide insights into the impact of adverse changes to risk grades and estimated loss rates and do not imply any expectation of future deterioration in the risk ratings or loss rates. Given current processes employed by the Bancorp, management believes the risk grades and estimated loss rates currently assigned are appropriate.

TABLE 49: Changes in Allowance for Credit Losses

 

     For the three months
ended March 31,
 

($ in millions)

   2013     2012  

ALLL:

    

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 1,854        2,255   

Losses charged off

     (168     (253

Recoveries of losses previously charged off

     35        33   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     62        91   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 1,783        2,126   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reserve for unfunded commitments:

    

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 179        181   

Provision for unfunded commitments

     (11     (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 168        179   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Certain inherent but unconfirmed losses are probable within the loan and lease portfolio. The Bancorp’s current methodology for determining the level of losses is based on historical loss rates, current credit grades, specific allocation on impaired commercial credits above specified thresholds and restructured residential mortgage and consumer loans and other qualitative adjustments. Due to the heavy reliance on realized historical losses and the credit grade rating process, the model-derived estimate of ALLL tends to slightly lag behind the deterioration in the portfolio in a stable or deteriorating credit environment, and tend not to be as responsive when improved conditions have presented themselves. Given these model limitations, the qualitative adjustment factors may be incremental or decremental to the quantitative model results.

An unallocated component to the ALLL is maintained to recognize the imprecision in estimating and measuring loss. The unallocated allowance as a percent of total portfolio loans and leases was 0.13% at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. The unallocated allowance was six percent of the total allowance as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

As shown in Table 50, the ALLL as a percent of portfolio loan and leases was 2.08% at March 31, 2013 compared to 2.16% at December 31, 2012. The ALLL was $1.8 billion as of March 31, 2013 compared to $1.9 billion as of December 31, 2012. The decrease from December 31, 2012 is reflective of a number of factors including decreases in nonperforming loans and leases, improved delinquency metrics in commercial and consumer loans and leases and improvement in underlying loss trends.

 

44


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

TABLE 50: Attribution of Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses to Portfolio Loans and Leases

 

($ in millions)

   March 31, 2013     December 31, 2012  

Allowance attributed to:

    

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 787        802   

Commercial mortgage loans

     319        333   

Commercial construction loans

     24        33   

Commercial leases

     61        68   

Residential mortgage loans

     212        229   

Home equity

     144        143   

Automobile loans

     26        28   

Credit card

     88        87   

Other consumer loans and leases

     14        20   

Unallocated

     108        111   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total ALLL

   $ 1,783        1,854   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Portfolio loans and leases:

    

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 36,757        36,038   

Commercial mortgage loans

     8,766        9,103   

Commercial construction loans

     694        698   

Commercial leases

     3,568        3,549   

Residential mortgage loans

     12,091        12,017   

Home equity

     9,727        10,018   

Automobile loans

     11,741        11,972   

Credit card

     2,043        2,097   

Other consumer loans and leases

     289        290   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total portfolio loans and leases

   $ 85,676        85,782   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Attributed allowance as a percent of respective portfolio loans and leases:

    

Commercial and industrial loans

     2.14      2.23   

Commercial mortgage loans

     3.64        3.66   

Commercial construction loans

     3.46        4.73   

Commercial leases

     1.71        1.92   

Residential mortgage loans

     1.75        1.91   

Home equity

     1.48        1.43   

Automobile loans

     0.22        0.23   

Credit card

     4.31        4.15   

Other consumer loans and leases

     4.84        6.90   

Unallocated (as a percent of total portfolio loans and leases)

     0.13        0.13   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Attributed allowance as a percent of total portfolio loans and leases

     2.08      2.16   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

MARKET RISK MANAGEMENT

Market risk arises from the potential for market fluctuations in interest rates, foreign exchange rates and equity prices that may result in potential reductions in net income. Interest rate risk, a component of market risk, is the exposure to adverse changes in net interest income or financial position due to changes in interest rates. Management considers interest rate risk a prominent market risk in terms of its potential impact on earnings. Interest rate risk can occur for any one or more of the following reasons:

 

   

Assets and liabilities may mature or reprice at different times;

 

   

Short-term and long-term market interest rates may change by different amounts; or

 

   

The expected maturity of various assets or liabilities may shorten or lengthen as interest rates change.

In addition to the direct impact of interest rate changes on net interest income, interest rates can indirectly impact earnings through their effect on loan demand, credit losses, mortgage originations, the value of servicing rights and other sources of the Bancorp’s earnings. Stability of the Bancorp’s net income is largely dependent upon the effective management of interest rate risk. Management continually reviews the Bancorp’s balance sheet composition and earnings flows and models the interest rate risk, and possible actions to reduce this risk, given numerous possible future interest rate scenarios.

Net Interest Income Simulation Model

The Bancorp utilizes a variety of measurement techniques to identify and manage its interest rate risk, including the use of an NII simulation model to analyze the sensitivity of net interest income to changing interest rates. The model is based on contractual and assumed cash flows and repricing characteristics for all of the Bancorp’s financial instruments and incorporates market-based assumptions regarding the effect of changing interest rates on the prepayment rates of certain assets and liabilities. The model also includes senior management’s projections of the future volume and pricing of each of the product lines offered by the Bancorp as well as other pertinent assumptions. Actual results may differ from these simulated results due to timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market conditions and management strategies.

 

45


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

The Bancorp’s Executive ALCO, which includes senior management representatives and is accountable to the ERM Committee, monitors and manages interest rate risk within Board approved policy limits. In addition to the risk management activities of ALCO, the Bancorp has a Market Risk Management function as part of ERM that provides independent oversight of market risk activities. In 2012, the NII and EVE ALCO policy limits were lowered to reflect the Bancorp’s current risk appetite and due to significant uncertainty with respect to the economic environment, market interest rates and balance sheet and deposit pricing behaviors. The policy limits were updated in conjunction with the Market Risk Management group and were approved by ALCO.

The Bancorp’s interest rate risk exposure is currently evaluated by measuring the anticipated change in net interest income over 12 month and 24 month horizons assuming a 100 bps and 200 bps parallel ramped increase in interest rates. The Fed Funds interest rate, targeted by the Federal Reserve at a range of 0% to 0.25%, is currently set at a level that would be negative in parallel ramped decrease scenarios; therefore, those scenarios were omitted from the interest rate risk analyses at March 31, 2013 and 2012. In accordance with the current policy, the rate movements are assumed to occur over one year and are sustained thereafter.

The following table shows the Bancorp’s estimated net interest income sensitivity profile and ALCO policy limits as of March 31:

TABLE 51: Estimated NII Sensitivity Profile

 

     2013     2012  
     % Change in NII (FTE)      ALCO Policy Limits     % Change in NII (FTE)      ALCO Policy Limits  

Change in Interest Rates (bps)

   12 Months     13 to 24
Months
     12 Months     13 to 24
Months
    12 Months     13 to 24
Months
     12 Months     13 to 24
Months
 

+ 200

     2.30      8.23         (4.00     (6.00     1.00      5.09         (5.00     (7.00

+ 100

     1.19        4.20         —          —          0.46        2.36         —          —     

At March 31, 2013, the Bancorp’s interest rate risk profile reflects a change to a more asset sensitive position in year one and year two compared to March 31, 2012. The higher asset sensitivity at March 31, 2013 compared to March 31, 2012 is the result of core deposit balance growth and the impact of a decline in market interest rates. These impacts were partially offset by an increase in fixed-rate loan balances and less outstanding fixed-rate debt.

Economic Value of Equity

The Bancorp also utilizes EVE as a measurement tool in managing interest rate risk. Whereas the NII simulation model highlights exposures over a relatively short time horizon, the EVE analysis incorporates all cash flows over the estimated remaining life of all balance sheet and derivative positions. The EVE of the balance sheet, at a point in time, is defined as the discounted present value of asset and net derivative cash flows less the discounted value of liability cash flows. The sensitivity of EVE to changes in the level of interest rates is a measure of longer-term interest rate risk. EVE values only the current balance sheet and does not incorporate the growth assumptions used in the NII simulation model. As with the NII simulation model, assumptions about the timing and variability of existing balance sheet cash flows are critical in the EVE analysis. Particularly important are assumptions driving loan and security prepayments and the expected balance attrition and pricing of transaction deposit portfolios.

The following table shows the Bancorp’s EVE sensitivity profile as of March 31:

TABLE 52: Estimated EVE Sensitivity Profile

 

     2013     2012  

Change in Interest Rates (bps)

   Change in EVE     ALCO Policy Limit     Change in EVE     ALCO Policy Limit  

+ 200

     0.21      (12.00     1.92      (15.00

+ 100

     0.64          1.40     

+ 25

     0.30          0.35     

- 25

     (0.50       (0.33  

The EVE at risk profile suggests a slight positive impact from market rate increases of +25 bps through the +200 bps scenarios for 2013. The EVE at risk reported at March 31, 2013 for the +200 basis points scenario shows a change to a less asset sensitive position compared to March 31, 2012. The primary factors contributing to the change are growth in fixed-rate loan balances, less outstanding fixed-rate debt and less asset sensitive MSR risk profile. These impacts were partially offset by the decline in market interest rates between March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013 and core deposit balance growth.

While an instantaneous shift in interest rates is used in this analysis to provide an estimate of exposure, the Bancorp believes that a gradual shift in interest rates would have a much more modest impact. Since EVE measures the discounted present value of cash flows over the estimated lives of instruments, the change in EVE does not directly correlate to the degree that earnings would be impacted over a shorter time horizon (e.g., the current fiscal year). Further, EVE does not take into account factors such as future balance sheet growth, changes in product mix, changes in yield curve relationships and changing product spreads that could mitigate or exacerbate the impact of changes in interest rates. The NII simulations and EVE analyses do not necessarily include certain actions that management may undertake to manage risk in response to anticipated changes in interest rates.

 

46


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

The Bancorp regularly evaluates its exposures to LIBOR and Prime basis risks, nonparallel shifts in the yield curve and embedded options risk. In addition, the impact on NII and EVE of extreme changes in interest rates is modeled, wherein the Bancorp employs the use of yield curve shocks and environment-specific scenarios.

Use of Derivatives to Manage Interest Rate Risk

An integral component of the Bancorp’s interest rate risk management strategy is its use of derivative instruments to minimize significant fluctuations in earnings caused by changes in market interest rates. Examples of derivative instruments that the Bancorp may use as part of its interest rate risk management strategy include interest rate swaps, interest rate floors, interest rate caps, forward contracts, options, swaptions and TBA securities.

As part of its overall risk management strategy relative to its mortgage banking activity, the Bancorp enters into forward contracts accounted for as free-standing derivatives to economically hedge interest rate lock commitments that are also considered free-standing derivatives. Additionally, the Bancorp economically hedges its exposure to mortgage loans held for sale through the use of forward contracts and mortgage options.

The Bancorp also establishes derivative contracts with major financial institutions to economically hedge significant exposures assumed in commercial customer accommodation derivative contracts. Generally, these contracts have similar terms in order to protect the Bancorp from market volatility. Credit risk arises from the possible inability of counterparties to meet the terms of their contracts, which the Bancorp minimizes through collateral arrangements, approvals, limits and monitoring procedures. For further information including the notional amount and fair values of these derivatives, see Note 10 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Portfolio Loans and Leases and Interest Rate Risk

Although the Bancorp’s portfolio loans and leases contain both fixed and floating/adjustable rate products, the rates of interest earned by the Bancorp on the outstanding balances are generally established for a period of time. The interest rate sensitivity of loans and leases is directly related to the length of time the rate earned is established. The following table summarizes the expected principal cash flows of the Bancorp’s portfolio loans and leases as of March 31, 2013.

TABLE 53: Portfolio Loan and Lease Contractual Maturities

 

As of March 31, 2013 ($ in millions)

   Less than 1 year      1-5 years      Over 5 years      Total  

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 9,549         25,057         2,151         36,757   

Commercial mortgage loans

     4,152         4,094         520         8,766   

Commercial construction loans

     309         360         25         694   

Commercial leases

     648         1,610         1,310         3,568   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal - commercial loans and leases

     14,658         31,121         4,006         49,785   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Residential mortgage loans

     3,147         4,757         4,187         12,091   

Home equity

     1,444         5,421         2,862         9,727   

Automobile loans

     4,718         6,796         227         11,741   

Credit card

     581         1,462         —            2,043   

Other consumer loans and leases

     242         45         2         289   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal - consumer loans and leases

     10,132         18,481         7,278         35,891   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 24,790         49,602         11,284         85,676   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Additionally, the following table displays a summary of expected principal cash flows occurring after one year for both fixed and floating/adjustable rate loans as of March 31, 2013.

TABLE 54: Portfolio Loan and Lease Principal Cash Flows Occurring After One Year

 

     Interest Rate  

As of March 31, 2013 ($ in millions)

   Fixed      Floating or Adjustable  

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 3,715         23,493   

Commercial mortgage loans

     1,197         3,417   

Commercial construction loans

     18         367   

Commercial leases

     2,920         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal - commercial loans and leases

     7,850         27,277   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Residential mortgage loans

     6,531         2,413   

Home equity

     997         7,286   

Automobile loans

     6,977         46   

Credit card

     621         841   

Other consumer loans and leases

     32         15   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal - consumer loans and leases

     15,158         10,601   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 23,008         37,878   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights and Interest Rate Risk

The net carrying amount of the residential MSR portfolio was $766 million and $697 million as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The value of servicing rights can fluctuate sharply depending on changes in interest rates and other factors. Generally, as interest

 

47


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

rates decline and loans are prepaid to take advantage of refinancing, the total value of existing servicing rights declines because no further servicing fees are collected on repaid loans. The Bancorp maintains a non-qualifying hedging strategy relative to its mortgage banking activity in order to manage a portion of the risk associated with changes in the value of its MSR portfolio as a result of changing interest rates.

Mortgage rates increased slightly during both the first quarter of 2013 and the same period in the prior year. This caused modeled prepayments speeds to slow, which led to a recovery of $49 million in temporary impairment on servicing rights during the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to a recovery of $11 million in temporary impairment on servicing rights during the three months ended March 31, 2012. Servicing rights are deemed temporarily impaired when a borrower’s loan rate is distinctly higher than prevailing rates. Temporary impairment on servicing rights is reversed when the prevailing rates return to a level commensurate with the borrower’s loan rate. In addition to the mortgage servicing rights valuation, the Bancorp recognized net losses of $6 million on its non-qualifying hedging strategy for the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to net gains of $4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. Net gains on the sale of securities related to the Bancorp’s non-qualifying hedging strategy were $2 million in the first quarter of 2013. No net gains or losses on the sale of securities were recognized in the same period in 2012. During the fourth quarter of 2011, the Bancorp assessed the composition of its MSR portfolio, the cost of hedging and the anticipated effectiveness of the hedges given the economic environment. Based on this review, the Bancorp adjusted its MSR hedging strategy to exclude the hedging of MSRs related to certain mortgage loans originated in 2008 and prior, representing approximately 13% of the carrying value of the MSR portfolio as of March 31, 2013. The prepayment behavior of these loans is expected to be less sensitive to changes in interest rates as tighter industry underwriting standards, borrower credit characteristics and home price values have had a greater impact on prepayment speeds. Thus, the predictive power of traditional prepayment models that are based solely on the historical dependency of prepayment speeds on market interest rates may not be reliable for these loans. As a result, the Bancorp has considered these additional factors as it models prepayment speeds when valuing the MSRs. The Bancorp utilizes valuation opinions from servicing brokers, peer surveys and its historical prepayment experience in validating the modeled prepayment speeds utilized in the fair value measurement of the MSRs. As these additional factors have had an impact on prepayment speeds, the effectiveness of traditional hedging strategies utilizing benchmark interest rate based derivatives has been reduced. In addition to the market factors that impact prepayment speeds, the Bancorp is exposed to prepayment risk on these loans in the event borrowers refinance at higher than expected levels due to government intervention or other factors. The Bancorp continues to monitor the performance of these MSRs and may decide to hedge this portion of the MSR portfolio in future periods. See Note 9 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion on servicing rights and the instruments used to hedge interest rate risk on MSRs.

Foreign Currency Risk

The Bancorp may enter into foreign exchange derivative contracts to economically hedge certain foreign denominated loans. The derivatives are classified as free-standing instruments with the revaluation gain or loss being recorded in other noninterest income in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income. The balance of the Bancorp’s foreign denominated loans at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 was $554 million and $549 million, respectively. The Bancorp also enters into foreign exchange contracts for the benefit of commercial customers involved in international trade to hedge their exposure to foreign currency fluctuations. The Bancorp has internal controls in place to help ensure excessive risk is not being taken in providing this service to customers. These controls include an independent determination of currency volatility and credit equivalent exposure on these contracts, counterparty credit approvals and country limits.

LIQUIDITY RISK MANAGEMENT

The goal of liquidity management is to provide adequate funds to meet changes in loan and lease demand, unexpected levels of deposit withdrawals and other contractual obligations. Mitigating liquidity risk is accomplished by maintaining liquid assets in the form of investment securities, maintaining sufficient unused borrowing capacity in the debt markets and delivering consistent growth in core deposits. A summary of certain obligations and commitments to make future payments under contracts is included in Note 14 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Bancorp maintains a contingency funding plan that assesses the liquidity needs under various scenarios of market conditions, asset growth and credit rating downgrades. The plan includes liquidity stress testing which measures various sources and uses of funds under the different scenarios. The contingency plan provides for ongoing monitoring of unused borrowing capacity and available sources of contingent liquidity to prepare for unexpected liquidity needs and to cover unanticipated events that could affect liquidity.

Sources of Funds

The Bancorp’s primary sources of funds relate to cash flows from loan and lease repayments, payments from securities related to sales and maturities, the sale or securitization of loans and leases and funds generated by core deposits, in addition to the use of public and private debt offerings.

Projected contractual maturities from loan and lease repayments are included in Table 53 of the Market Risk Management section of MD&A. Of the $15.3 billion of securities in the Bancorp’s available-for-sale portfolio at March 31, 2013, $2.5 billion in principal and interest is expected to be received in the next 12 months and an additional $1.6 billion is expected to be received in the next 13 to 24 months. For further information on the Bancorp’s securities portfolio, see the Securities section of MD&A.

Asset-driven liquidity is provided by the Bancorp’s ability to sell or securitize loan and lease assets. In order to reduce the exposure to interest rate fluctuations and to manage liquidity, the Bancorp has developed securitization and sale procedures for several types of interest-sensitive assets. A majority of the long-term, fixed-rate single-family residential mortgage loans underwritten according to FHLMC or

 

48


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

FNMA guidelines are sold for cash upon origination. Additional assets such as residential mortgages, certain commercial loans, home equity loans, automobile loans and other consumer loans are also capable of being securitized or sold. For the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, the Bancorp sold loans totaling $7.4 billion and $6.9 billion, respectively. For further information on the transfer of financial assets, see Note 9 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Core deposits have historically provided the Bancorp with a sizeable source of relatively stable and low cost funds. The Bancorp’s average core deposits and shareholders’ equity funded 81% of its average total assets for the first quarter of 2013 and 80% for the first quarter of 2012. In addition to core deposit funding, the Bancorp also accesses a variety of other short-term and long-term funding sources, which include the use of the FHLB system. Certificates of deposit carrying a balance of $100,000 or more and deposits in the Bancorp’s foreign branch located in the Cayman Islands are wholesale funding tools utilized to fund asset growth. Management does not rely on any one source of liquidity and manages availability in response to changing balance sheet needs.

The Bancorp has a shelf registration in place with the SEC permitting ready access to the public debt markets and qualifies as a “well-known seasoned issuer” under the SEC rules. As of March 31, 2013, $5.6 billion of debt or other securities were available for issuance from this shelf registration under the current Bancorp’s Board of Directors’ authorizations; however, access to these markets may depend on market conditions. Additionally the Bancorp has approximately $38.6 billion of borrowing capacity available through secured borrowing sources including the FHLB and FRB.

In February of 2013, the Bancorp’s banking subsidiary updated and amended its existing global bank note program to increase the capacity from $20 billion to $25 billion. On February 28, 2013, the Bank issued and sold, under its amended bank notes program, $1.3 billion in aggregate principal amount of bank notes. The bank notes consisted of: $600 million of 1.45% senior fixed rate notes with a maturity of five years due February 28, 2018; $400 million of 0.90% senior fixed rate notes with a maturity of three years due February 26, 2016; and $300 million of senior floating rate notes. Interest on the floating rate notes is 3-month LIBOR plus 41 basis points, with a maturity of three years due February 26, 2016. These bank notes will be redeemable by the Bank, in whole or in part, on or after the date that is 30 days prior to the maturity date at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest through the redemption date. The Bank has $22.7 billion of funding available for issuance under the global bank note program as of March 31, 2013.

In March of 2013, the Bancorp recognized an immaterial loss on the securitization and sale of certain automobile loans with a carrying amount of approximately $509 million. The Bancorp utilized a securitization trust to facilitate the securitization process. The trust issued asset-backed securities in the form of notes and equity certificates, with varying levels of credit subordination and payment priority. The Bancorp does not hold any of the notes or equity certificates issued by the trust, and the investors in these securities have no credit recourse to the Bancorp’s assets for failure of debtors to pay when due. As part of the sale, the Bancorp obtained servicing responsibilities and recognized a servicing asset with an initial fair value of $6 million.

Credit Ratings

The cost and availability of financing to the Bancorp are impacted by its credit ratings. A downgrade to the Bancorp’s credit ratings could affect its ability to access the credit markets and increase its borrowing costs, thereby adversely impacting the Bancorp’s financial condition and liquidity. Key factors in maintaining high credit ratings include a stable and diverse earnings stream, strong credit quality, strong capital ratios and diverse funding sources, in addition to disciplined liquidity monitoring procedures.

The Bancorp’s credit ratings are summarized in Table 55. The ratings reflect the ratings agencies view on the Bancorp’s capacity to meet financial commitments. *

* As an investor, you should be aware that a security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities, that it may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating organization and that each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating. Additional information on the credit rating ranking within the overall classification system is located on the website of each credit rating agency.

TABLE 55: Agency Ratings

 

As of May 9, 2013

   Moody’s    Standard and Poor’s    Fitch    DBRS

Fifth Third Bancorp:

           

Short-term

   No rating    A-2    F1    R-1 (low)

Senior debt

   Baa1    BBB    A-    A (low)

Subordinated debt

   Baa2    BBB-    BBB+    BBBH

Fifth Third Bank:

           

Short-term

   P-2    A-2    F1    R-1 (low)

Long-term deposit

   A3    No rating    A    A

Senior debt

   A3    BBB+    A-    A

Subordinated debt

   Baa1    BBB    BBB+    A (low)
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

49


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

Management regularly reviews the Bancorp’s capital levels to help ensure it is appropriately positioned under various operating environments. The Bancorp has established a Capital and Liquidity Committee, which is responsible for all capital related decisions. The Capital Committee makes recommendations to management involving capital actions. These recommendations are reviewed and approved by the ERMC.

Capital Ratios

The U.S banking agencies established quantitative measures that assign risk weightings to assets and off-balance sheet items and also define and set minimum regulatory capital requirements. The U.S. banking agencies define “well capitalized” ratios for Tier I and total risk-based capital as 6% and 10%, respectively. The Bancorp exceeded these “well-capitalized” ratios for all periods presented.

The Basel II advanced approach framework was finalized by U.S. banking agencies in 2007. Core banks, defined as those with consolidated total assets in excess of $250 billion or on balance sheet foreign exposures of $10 billion were required to adopt the advanced approach effective April 1, 2008. The Bancorp does not meet these thresholds and, therefore, is not subject to the requirements of Basel II.

The Dodd-Frank Act requires more stringent prudential standards, including capital and liquidity requirements, for larger institutions. It addresses the quality of capital components by limiting the degree to which certain hybrid instruments can be included. The Dodd-Frank Act will phase out the inclusion of certain TruPS as a component of Tier I risk-based capital when the banking agencies implement the proposed enhancement to the regulatory capital framework. At March 31, 2013, the Bancorp’s Tier I risk-based capital included $810 million of TruPS representing approximately 74 bps of risk-weighted assets.

In December of 2010 and revised in June of 2011, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision issued Basel III, a global regulatory framework, to enhance international capital standards. In June of 2012, U.S. banking regulators proposed enhancements to the regulatory capital requirements for U.S. banks, which implement aspects of Basel III, such as re-defining the regulatory capital elements and minimum capital ratios, introducing regulatory capital buffers above those minimums, revising the agencies’ rules for calculating risk-weighted assets and introducing a new Tier I common equity ratio. The Bancorp continues to evaluate these proposals and their potential impact. The banking agencies closed the comment period for the NPR on Basel III on October 22, 2012 and have not implemented any final ruling to date. Its current estimate of the pro-forma fully phased in Tier I common equity ratio at March 31, 2013 under the proposed capital rules is approximately 8.91%* compared with 9.70% as calculated under the existing Basel I capital framework. The primary drivers of the change from the existing Basel I capital framework to the Basel III proposal are an increase in Tier I common equity of approximately 36 bps (primarily from including AOCI) which would be more than offset by the impact of increases in risk-weighted assets (primarily from 1-4 family senior and junior lien residential mortgages and commitments with an original maturity of one year or less). The pro-forma Tier I common equity ratio exceeds the proposed minimum Tier I common equity ratio of 7% comprised of a minimum of 4.5% plus a capital conservation buffer of 2.5%. The pro-forma Tier I common equity ratio does not include the effect of any mitigating actions the Bancorp may undertake to offset the impact of the proposed capital enhancements. For further discussion on the Basel I and Basel III Tier I common equity ratios, see the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of MD&A.

* The pro forma Tier I common equity ratio is management’s estimate based upon its current interpretation of the three draft Federal Register notices proposing enhancements to regulatory capital requirements published in June of 2012. The actual impact to the Bancorp’s Tier I common equity ratio may change significantly due to further clarification of the agencies’ proposals or revisions to the agencies’ final rules, which remain subject to public comment.

Market Risk Rule

On June 7, 2012, banking agencies approved a final rule effective January 1, 2013, known as “Risk-Based Capital Guidelines: Market Risk,” to implement enhancements to the market risk framework adopted by the Basel Committee. The final rule, which the Bancorp is subject to, requires banking organizations with significant trading activities to adjust their capital requirements to better account for the market risks of those activities. The rule introduces new measures of market risk, establishes a charge related to stressed VaR for covered trading positions and replaces references to credit ratings in the market risk rules with alternative methodologies for assessing risk. The intention of the rule is to better capture positions for which the market risk capital rule is appropriate, reduce procyclicality in market risk capital requirements, enhance sensitivity to risks that are not adequately captured by the current regulatory methodologies and increase transparency through enhanced disclosures. The market risk final rule had an impact of a 1 bp decrease in the Bancorp’s Tier I and Total risk-based capital ratios and was immaterial to the Tier I common equity ratio.

 

50


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

TABLE 56: Capital Ratios

 

($ in millions)

   March 31,
2013
    December 31,
2012
 

Average equity as a percent of average assets

     11.38      11.65   

Tangible equity as a percent of tangible assets(a)

     9.36        9.17   

Tangible common equity as a percent of tangible assets(a)

     9.03        8.83   
    

Tier I capital

   $ 11,878        11,685   

Total risk-based capital

     15,730        15,816   

Risk-weighted assets(b)

     109,626        109,699   
    

Regulatory capital ratios:

    

Tier I capital

     10.83      10.65   

Total risk-based capital

     14.35        14.42   

Tier I leverage

     10.03        10.05   

Tier I common equity(a)

     9.70        9.51   

 

(a) For further information on these ratios, see the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of MD&A.
(b) Under the banking agencies’ risk-based capital guidelines, assets and credit equivalent amounts of derivatives and off-balance sheet exposures are assigned to broad risk categories. The aggregate dollar amount in each risk category is multiplied by the associated risk weight of the category. The resulting weighted values are added together resulting in the Bancorp’s total risk-weighted assets.

2013 Stress Tests and CCAR

The FRB launched the 2013 stress testing program and CCAR on November 9, 2012. The CCAR requires bank holding companies to submit a capital plan in addition to their stress testing results. The mandatory elements of the capital plan are an assessment of the expected use and sources of capital over the planning horizon, a description of all planned capital actions over the planning horizon, a discussion of any expected changes to the Bancorp’s business plan that are likely to have a material impact on its capital adequacy or liquidity, a detailed description of the Bancorp’s process for assessing capital adequacy and the Bancorp’s capital policy. The stress testing results and capital plan were submitted by the Bancorp to the FRB on January 7, 2013 covering the period from April 1, 2013 to March 31, 2014.

The FRB assessed the comprehensiveness of the capital plan, the reasonableness of the assumptions and the analysis underlying the capital plan and reviewed the robustness of the capital adequacy process, the capital policy and the Bancorp’s ability to maintain capital above the minimum regulatory capital ratio and above a Tier I common ratio of 5 percent on a pro forma basis under expected and stressful conditions throughout the planning horizon.

On March 14, 2013 the Bancorp announced the FRB’s response to the capital plan it submitted as part of the 2013 CCAR. The FRB indicated that it did not object to the following capital actions for the period beginning April 1, 2013 and ending March 31, 2014:

 

   

Increase in the quarterly common stock dividend to $0.12 per share;

   

Repurchase of up to $750 million in TruPS subject to the determination of a regulatory capital event and replacement with the issuance of a similar amount of Tier II-qualifying subordinated debt;

   

Conversion of the $398 million in outstanding Series G 8.5% convertible preferred stock into approximately 35.5 million common shares issued to the holders. If this conversion were to occur, the Bancorp would intend to repurchase the common shares issued in the conversion up to $550 million in market value, and issue $550 million in preferred stock;

   

Repurchase of common shares in an amount up to $984 million, including any shares issued in a Series G preferred stock conversion; and

   

Issuance of an additional $500 million in preferred stock.

The capital plan also included the assumption that the Bancorp would issue approximately 3.5 million shares in restricted stock under employee compensation plans in 2013. In addition, the Bancorp intends to make incremental repurchases of common shares in the amount of any after-tax gains from the sale of Vantiv, Inc. common stock. The above potential capital actions are subject to Board approval and other factors including regulatory developments and market conditions.

Additionally, as a CCAR institution, the Bancorp is required to disclose its own estimates of results under the supervisory severely adverse scenario, and to provide information related to risks included in its stress testing; a summary description of the methodologies used; estimates of aggregate pre-provision net revenue, losses, provisions and pro forma capital ratios at the end of the forward-looking planning horizon of at least nine quarters; and an explanation of the most significant causes of changes in regulatory capital ratios. On March 14, 2013 the Bancorp publicly disclosed the results of its company-run stress test in a Form 8-K as required by the Dodd-Frank Act stress testing rules.

Dividend Policy and Stock Repurchase Program

The Bancorp’s common stock dividend policy and stock repurchase program reflect its earnings outlook, desired payout ratios, the need to maintain adequate capital levels, the ability of its subsidiaries to pay dividends, the need to comply with safe and sound banking practices as well as meet regulatory requirements and expectations. The Bancorp declared dividends per common share of $0.11 and $0.08 for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

51


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

On November 6, 2012, the Bancorp entered into an accelerated share repurchase transaction with a counterparty pursuant to which the Bancorp purchased 7,710,761 shares, or approximately $125 million, of its outstanding common stock on November 9, 2012. The Bancorp repurchased the shares as part of its 100 million share repurchase program announced in August of 2012. As part of this transaction and all subsequent accelerated share repurchases, the Bancorp entered into a forward contract in which the final number of shares to be delivered at settlement of the accelerated share repurchase transaction will be based generally on a discount to the average daily volume-weighted average price of the Bancorp’s common stock during the term of the Repurchase Agreement. The accelerated share repurchase was treated as two separate transactions (i) the acquisition of treasury shares on the acquisition date and (ii) a forward contract indexed to the Bancorp’s stock. At settlement of the forward contract on February 12, 2013, the Bancorp received an additional 657,914 shares which were recorded as an adjustment to the basis in the treasury shares purchased on the acquisition date.

Following the sale of a portion of the Bancorp’s shares of Class A Vantiv, Inc. common stock, the Bancorp entered into an accelerated share repurchase transaction on December 14, 2012 with a counterparty pursuant to which the Bancorp purchased 6,267,410 shares, or approximately $100 million, of its outstanding common stock on December 19, 2012. The Bancorp repurchased the shares of its common stock as part of its previously announced 100 million share repurchase program in August of 2012. At settlement of the forward contract on February 27, 2013, the Bancorp received an additional 127,760 shares which were recorded as an adjustment to the basis in the treasury shares purchased on the acquisition date.

On January 28, 2013, the Bancorp entered into an accelerated share repurchase transaction with a counterparty pursuant to which the Bancorp purchased 6,953,028 shares, or approximately $125 million of its outstanding common stock on January 31, 2013. The Bancorp repurchased the shares of its common stock as part of its previously announced 100 million share repurchase program. This repurchase transaction concluded the $600 million of common share repurchases not objected to by the FRB in the 2012 CCAR process. At settlement of the forward contract on April 5, 2013, the Bancorp received an additional 849,037 shares which were recorded as an adjustment to the basis in the treasury shares purchased on the acquisition date.

As a result of the FRB’s non-objection to the Bancorp’s capital plan under the 2013 CCAR process, on March 19, 2013, Fifth Third’s Board of Directors authorized the Bancorp to repurchase up to 100 million shares of its outstanding common stock in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions, and to utilize any derivative or similar instrument to affect share repurchase transactions. This share repurchase authorization replaces the Board’s previous authorization.

TABLE 57: Share Repurchases

 

Period

   Total Number of
Shares

Purchases(a)
     Average
Price Paid
Per Share
    Total Number of Shares
Purchased as Part of
Publicly Announced Plans
or Programs
     Maximum Number of Shares
that May Yet be Purchased
Under the Plans or Programs
 

January 1, 2013 - January 31, 2013

     6,953,028       $ 16.02        6,953,028         56,093,654   

February 1, 2013 - February 28, 2013

     785,674         —   (b)       785,674         55,307,980   

March 1, 2013 - March 31, 2013(c)

     —           —          —           100,000,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     7,738,702       $ 16.02        7,738,702         100,000,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) The Bancorp repurchased 286,706 shares during the first quarter of 2013 in connection with various employee compensation plans. These purchases are not included in the calculation for average price paid per share and do not count against the maximum number of shares that may yet be purchased under the Board of Directors’ authorization.
(b) Shares received from the counterparty as final settlement of the Repurchase Agreements.
(c) In March 2013, the Bancorp announced that its Board of Directors had authorized management to purchase 100 million shares of the Bancorp’s common stock through the open market or in any private transaction. The authorization does not include specific price targets or an expiration date.

 

52


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

In the ordinary course of business, the Bancorp enters into financial transactions to extend credit and various forms of commitments and guarantees that may be considered off-balance sheet arrangements. These transactions involve varying elements of market, credit and liquidity risk. Refer to Note 14 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. A discussion of these transactions is as follows:

Residential Mortgage Loan Sales

Conforming residential mortgage loans sold to unrelated third parties are generally sold with representation and warranty recourse provisions. Such provisions include the loan’s compliance with applicable loan criteria, including certain documentation standards per agreements with unrelated third parties. Additional reasons for the Bancorp having to repurchase the loans include compliance with collateral appraisal standards, fraud related to the loan application and the rescission of mortgage insurance. Under these provisions, the Bancorp is required to repurchase any previously sold loan for which the representation or warranty of the Bancorp proves to be inaccurate, incomplete or misleading. As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Bancorp maintained reserves related to these loans sold with the representation and warranty recourse provisions totaling $112 million and $110 million, respectively, which were included in other liabilities in the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

For the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, the Bancorp paid $13 million and $8 million, respectively, in the form of make whole payments and repurchased $30 million and $27 million, respectively, in outstanding principal of loans to satisfy investor demands. Total repurchase demand requests during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 were $67 million and $94 million, respectively. Total outstanding repurchase demand inventory was $47 million at March 31, 2013 compared to $67 million at December 31, 2012.

The Bancorp sold certain residential mortgage loans in the secondary market with credit recourse. In the event of any customer default, pursuant to the credit recourse provided, the Bancorp is required to reimburse the third party. The maximum amount of credit risk in the event of nonperformance by the underlying borrowers is equivalent to the total outstanding balance. In the event of nonperformance, the Bancorp has rights to the underlying collateral value securing the loan. The outstanding balances on these loans sold with credit recourse were $630 million and $662 million at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The Bancorp maintained an estimated credit loss reserve on these loans sold with credit recourse of $21 million at March 31, 2013 and $20 million at December 31, 2012 recorded in other liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. To determine the credit loss reserve, the Bancorp used an approach that is consistent with its overall approach in estimating credit losses for various categories of residential mortgage loans held in its loan portfolio.

Private Mortgage Insurance

For certain mortgage loans originated by the Bancorp, borrowers may be required to obtain PMI provided by third-party insurers. In some instances, these insurers cede a portion of the PMI premiums to the Bancorp, and the Bancorp provides reinsurance coverage within a specified range of the total PMI coverage. The Bancorp’s reinsurance coverage typically ranges from 5% to 10% of the total PMI coverage.

The Bancorp’s maximum exposure in the event of nonperformance by the underlying borrowers is equivalent to the Bancorp’s total outstanding reinsurance coverage, which was $56 million at March 31, 2013 and $58 million at December 31, 2012. As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Bancorp maintained a reserve of $16 million and $18 million, respectively, related to exposures within the reinsurance portfolio which was included in other liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. In 2009, the Bancorp suspended the practice of providing reinsurance of private mortgage insurance for newly originated mortgage loans.

Automobile Loan Securitization

In March of 2013, the Bancorp recognized an immaterial loss on the securitization and sale of certain automobile loans with a carrying amount of approximately $509 million. The Bancorp utilized a securitization trust to facilitate the securitization process. The trust issued asset-backed securities in the form of notes and equity certificates, with varying levels of credit subordination and payment priority. The Bancorp does not hold any of the notes or equity certificates issued by the trust, and the investors in these securities have no credit recourse to the Bancorp’s assets for failure of debtors to pay when due. As part of the sale, the Bancorp obtained servicing responsibilities and recognized a servicing asset with an initial fair value of $6 million. For further information on this automobile securitization, see Note 9 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

53


Table of Contents

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk (Item 3)

 

Information presented in the Market Risk Management section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Controls and Procedures (Item 4)

 

The Bancorp conducted an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the Bancorp’s management, including the Bancorp’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Bancorp’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act). Based on the foregoing, as of the end of the period covered by this report, the Bancorp’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Bancorp’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective, in all material respects, to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports the Bancorp files and submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported as and when required and information is accumulated and communicated to the Bancorp’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. The Bancorp’s management also conducted an evaluation of internal control over financial reporting to determine whether any changes occurred during the period covered by this report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Bancorp’s internal control over financial reporting. Based on this evaluation, there has been no such change during the period covered by this report.

 

54


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes (Item 1)

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (unaudited)

 

     As of  

($ in millions, except share data)

   March 31,
2013
    December 31,
2012
 

Assets

    

Cash and due from banks

   $ 2,186        2,441   

Available-for-sale and other securities(b)

     15,263        15,207   

Held-to-maturity securities(c)

     283        284   

Trading securities

     218        207   

Other short-term investments

     2,286        2,421   

Loans held for sale(d)

     2,691        2,939   

Portfolio loans and leases:

    

Commercial and industrial loans

     36,757        36,038   

Commercial mortgage loans(a)

     8,766        9,103   

Commercial construction loans

     694        698   

Commercial leases

     3,568        3,549   

Residential mortgage loans(e)

     12,091        12,017   

Home equity

     9,727        10,018   

Automobile loans

     11,741        11,972   

Credit card

     2,043        2,097   

Other consumer loans and leases

     289        290   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Portfolio loans and leases

     85,676        85,782   

Allowance for loan and lease losses(a)

     (1,783     (1,854
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Portfolio loans and leases, net

     83,893        83,928   

Bank premises and equipment

     2,540        2,542   

Operating lease equipment

     598        581   

Goodwill

     2,416        2,416   

Intangible assets

     25        27   

Servicing rights

     772        697   

Other assets(a)

     8,211        8,204   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 121,382        121,894   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

    

Deposits:

    

Demand

   $ 30,027        30,023   

Interest checking

     23,175        24,477   

Savings

     19,339        19,879   

Money market

     8,613        6,875   

Other time

     3,909        4,015   

Certificates - $100,000 and over

     5,472        3,284   

Foreign office and other

     1,089        964   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

     91,624        89,517   

Federal funds purchased

     386        901   

Other short-term borrowings

     2,439        6,280   

Accrued taxes, interest and expenses

     1,599        1,708   

Other liabilities

     3,094        2,639   

Long-term debt

     8,320        7,085   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     107,462        108,130   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity

    

Common stock(f)

     2,051        2,051   

Preferred stock(g)

     398        398   

Capital surplus

     2,782        2,758   

Retained earnings

     9,084        8,768   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     333        375   

Treasury stock

     (766     (634
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Bancorp shareholders’ equity

     13,882        13,716   

Noncontrolling interests

     38        48   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Equity

     13,920        13,764   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Equity

   $ 121,382        121,894   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Includes $50 and $50 of commercial mortgage loans, $(13) and $(5) of ALLL, $1 and $3 of other assets from consolidated VIEs that are included in their respective captions above at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. See Note 8.
(b) Amortized cost of $14,652 and $14,571 at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.
(c) Fair value of $283 and $284 at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.
(d) Includes $2,560 and $2,856 of residential mortgage loans held for sale measured at fair value at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.
(e) Includes $81 and $76 of residential mortgage loans measured at fair value at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.
(f) Common shares: Stated value $2.22 per share; authorized 2,000,000,000; outstanding at March 31, 2013 – 874,644,725 (excludes 49,247,856 treasury shares), December 31, 2012 – 882,152,057 (excludes 41,740,524 treasury shares).
(g) 454,000 shares of undesignated no par value preferred stock are authorized and unissued; 8.5% non-cumulative Series G convertible (into 2,159.8272 common shares) perpetual preferred stock with a $25,000 liquidation preference: 46,000 authorized, 16,450 issued and outstanding at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

55


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes (continued)

 

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (unaudited)

 

 

      For the three months ended
March 31,
 

($ in millions, except per share data)

   2013     2012  

Interest Income

    

Interest and fees on loans and leases

   $ 882        898   

Interest on securities

     112        141   

Interest on other short-term investments

     1        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

     995        1,040   

Interest Expense

    

Interest on deposits

     50        58   

Interest on other short-term borrowings

     3        1   

Interest on long-term debt

     54        83   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     107        142   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Interest Income

     888        898   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     62        91   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Interest Income After Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

     826        807   

Noninterest Income

    

Mortgage banking net revenue

     220        204   

Service charges on deposits

     131        129   

Investment advisory revenue

     100        96   

Corporate banking revenue

     99        97   

Card and processing revenue

     65        59   

Other noninterest income

     109        175   

Securities gains, net

     17        9   

Securities gains, net - non-qualifying hedges on mortgage servicing rights

     2        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

     743        769   

Noninterest Expense

    

Salaries, wages and incentives

     399        399   

Employee benefits

     114        112   

Net occupancy expense

     79        77   

Technology and communications

     49        47   

Card and processing expense

     31        30   

Equipment expense

     28        27   

Other noninterest expense

     278        281   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest expense

     978        973   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income Before Income Taxes

     591        603   

Applicable income tax expense

     179        173   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

     412        430   

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (10     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income Attributable to Bancorp

     422        430   

Dividends on preferred stock

     9        9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income Available to Common Shareholders

   $ 413        421   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings Per Share

   $ 0.47        0.46   

Earnings Per Diluted Share

   $ 0.46        0.45   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average common shares - basic

     870,923,074        915,225,816   

Average common shares - diluted

     913,163,262        957,415,527   

Cash dividends declared per share

   $ 0.11        0.08   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

56


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes (continued)

 

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (unaudited)

 

 

      For the three months ended
March 31,
 

($ in millions)

   2013     2012  

Net income

   $ 412        430   

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:

    

Unrealized (losses) gains on available-for-sale securities:

    

Unrealized holding (losses) gains on available-for-sale securities arising during period

     (36     7   

Reclassification adjustment for net losses (gains) included in net income

     5        (5

Unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivatives:

    

Unrealized holding gains on cash flow hedge derivatives arising during period

     1        6   

Reclassification adjustment for net gains included in net income

     (14     (13

Defined benefit pension plans:

    

Net actuarial loss arising during period

     2        3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss

     (42     (2

Comprehensive income

     370        428   

Less: Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (10     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to Bancorp

   $ 380        428   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

57


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes (continued)

 

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (unaudited)

 

 

     Bancorp Shareholders’ Equity              

($ in millions, except per share data)

  Common
Stock
    Preferred
Stock
    Capital
Surplus
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
    Treasury
Stock
    Total
Bancorp
Shareholders’
Equity
    Non-
Controlling
Interests
    Total
Equity
 

Balance at December 31, 2011

  $ 2,051        398        2,792        7,554        470        (64     13,201        50        13,251   

Net income

          430            430        —          430   

Other comprehensive loss

            (2       (2       (2

Cash dividends declared:

                 

Common stock at $0.08 per share

          (74         (74       (74

Preferred stock

          (9         (9       (9

Stock-based compensation expense

        14              14          14   

Stock-based awards issued or exercised, including treasury shares issued

        (1         1        —            —     

Restricted stock grants

        (1         1        —            —     

Other

        (1     1            —            —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2012

    2,051        398        2,803        7,902        468        (62     13,560        50        13,610   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

    2,051        398        2,758        8,768        375        (634     13,716        48        13,764   

Net income

          422            422        (10     412   

Other comprehensive loss

            (42       (42       (42

Cash dividends declared:

                 

Common stock at $0.11 per share

          (96         (96       (96

Preferred stock

          (9         (9       (9

Shares acquired for treasury

        10            (135     (125       (125

Stock-based compensation expense

        17              17          17   

Stock-based awards issued or exercised, including treasury shares issued

        (1         1        —            —     

Restricted stock grants

        (2         2        —            —     

Other

          (1         (1       (1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2013

    2,051        398        2,782        9,084        333        (766     13,882        38        13,920   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

58


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes (continued)

 

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (unaudited)

 

 

     For the three months
ended March 31,
 

($ in millions)

   2013     2012  

Operating Activities

    

Net income

   $ 412        430   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Provision for loan and lease losses

     62        91   

Depreciation, amortization and accretion

     137        128   

Stock-based compensation expense

     17        19   

Provision for deferred income taxes

     37        50   

Securities gains

     (43     (9

Securities gains – non-qualifying hedges on mortgage servicing rights

     (2     —      

Securities losses

     26        —      

Recovery of MSR impairment

     (49     (11

Net gains on sales of loans and fair value adjustments on loans held for sale

     (141     1   

Capitalized servicing rights

     (79     (121

Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale

     7,097        7,029   

Loans originated for sale, net of repayments

     (6,078     (5,646

Dividends representing return on equity method investments

     4        11   

Gain on Vantiv, Inc. IPO

     —           (115

Net change in:

    

Trading securities

     (9     (16

Other assets

     (533     88   

Accrued taxes, interest and expenses

     (120     (120

Other liabilities

     487        86   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

     1,225        1,895   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing Activities

    

Sales:

    

Available-for-sale securities

     2,215        231   

Loans

     552        57   

Disposal of bank premises and equipment

     3        —      

Repayments / maturities:

    

Available-for-sale securities

     910        1,076   

Purchases:

    

Available-for-sale securities

     (2,906     (2,046

Bank premises and equipment

     (61     (95

Proceeds from sale and dividends representing return of equity method investments

     74        39   

Net change in:

    

Other short-term investments

     135        153   

Loans and leases

     (1,208     (1,395

Operating lease equipment

     (30     (8
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

     (316     (1,988
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing Activities

    

Net change in:

    

Core deposits

     (2     (51

Certificates - $100,000 and over, including other foreign office

     2,109        133   

Federal funds purchased

     (515     (27

Other short-term borrowings

     (3,841     (363

Dividends paid on common shares

     (88     (74

Dividends paid on preferred shares

     —           (9

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

     1,300        500   

Repayment of long-term debt

     (2     (444

Repurchase of treasury shares and related forward contract

     (125     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Used in Financing Activities

     (1,164     (335
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Decrease in Cash and Due from Banks

     (255     (428

Cash and Due from Banks at Beginning of Period

     2,441        2,663   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and Due from Banks at End of Period

   $ 2,186        2,235   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. Note 2 contains cash payments related to interest and income taxes in addition to noncash investing and financing activities.

 

59


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

1. Basis of Presentation

The Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Bancorp and its majority-owned subsidiaries and VIEs in which the Bancorp has been determined to be the primary beneficiary. Other entities, including certain joint ventures, in which the Bancorp has the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies of the investee, but upon which the Bancorp does not possess control, are accounted for by the equity method and not consolidated. Those entities in which the Bancorp does not have the ability to exercise significant influence are generally carried at the lower of cost or fair value. Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

In the opinion of management, the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements include all adjustments, which consist of normal recurring accruals, necessary to present fairly the financial position as of March 31, 2013, the results of operations and comprehensive income for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, the cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 and the changes in equity for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012. In accordance with U.S. GAAP and the rules and regulations of the SEC for interim financial information, these statements do not include certain information and footnote disclosures required for complete annual financial statements and it is suggested that these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements be read in conjunction with the latest annual financial statements. The results of operations and comprehensive income for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 and the cash flows and changes in equity for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year. Financial information as of December 31, 2012 has been derived from the annual audited Consolidated Financial Statements of the Bancorp.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

2. Supplemental Cash Flow Information

Cash payments related to interest and income taxes in addition to noncash investing and financing activities are presented in the following table for the three months ended March 31:

 

($ in millions)

   2013      2012  

Cash payments:

     

Interest

   $ 122         150   

Income taxes

     34         48   

Transfers:

     

Portfolio loans to held for sale loans

     590         17   

Held for sale loans to portfolio loans

     12         57   

Portfolio loans to OREO

     64         80   

Held for sale loans to OREO

     3         3   

3. Accounting and Reporting Developments

Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities

In December 2011, and clarified in January 2013, the FASB issued amended guidance related to disclosures about offsetting assets and liabilities. The amended guidance requires the Bancorp to disclose both gross information and net information about financial instruments, including derivatives, and transactions eligible for offset in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as well as financial instruments and transactions subject to agreements similar to a master netting arrangement. The amended guidance is required to be applied retrospectively and is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning on or after January 1, 2013. The amended guidance was adopted by the Bancorp on January 1, 2013 and the required disclosures are included in Note 11.

Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

In February 2013, the FASB issued amended guidance related to amounts reclassified out of AOCI. The amended guidance requires the Bancorp to present, either on the face of the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income or in the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, significant amounts reclassified out of AOCI by the respective line items of net income but only if the amount reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. For other amounts that are not required to be reclassified in their entirety, the Bancorp is required to cross-reference to other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts. The amended guidance is effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012 and was adopted by the Bancorp on January 1, 2013. The required disclosures are included in Note 17.

Obligations Resulting from Joint and Several Liability Arrangements for Which the Total Amount of the Obligation is Fixed at the Reporting Date

In February 2013, the FASB issued amended guidance relating to the measurement of obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements for which the total amount under the arrangement is fixed at the reporting date. For the total amount of an obligation under an arrangement to be considered fixed at the reporting date, there can be no measurement uncertainty relating to the total amount of the obligation. The obligation resulting from joint and several liability arrangements would be measured initially as the sum of 1) the amount the Bancorp has agreed to pay on the basis of its arrangement among its co-obligors and 2) any additional amount the Bancorp expects to pay on

 

60


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

behalf of its co-obligors. The amended guidance also would require the Bancorp to disclose the nature and amount of the obligation as well as information about the risks that such obligations pose to future cash flows. The amended guidance is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2013 and will be applied retrospectively to all prior periods presented for those obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements that exist at the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. The Bancorp is currently in the process of evaluating the impact of adopting the amended guidance, but does not expect the impact to be material to the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

4. Securities

The following table provides the amortized cost, fair value and unrealized gains and losses for the major categories of the available-for-sale and other and held-to-maturity securities portfolios as of:

 

March 31, 2013 ($ in millions)

   Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized
Gains
     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
 

Available-for-sale and other:

          

U.S. Treasury and government agencies

   $ 41         —           —          41   

U.S. Government sponsored agencies

     1,729         170         —          1,899   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     202         10         —          212   

Agency mortgage-backed securities(a)

     8,534         314         (4     8,844   

Other bonds, notes and debentures

     3,087         122         (8     3,201   

Other securities(b)

     1,059         7         —          1,066   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 14,652         623         (12     15,263   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Held-to-maturity:

          

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

   $ 282         —           —          282   

Other debt securities

     1         —           —          1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 283         —           —          283   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2012 ($ in millions)

   Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized
Gains
     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
 

Available-for-sale and other:

          

U.S. Treasury and government agencies

   $ 41         —           —          41   

U.S. Government sponsored agencies

     1,730         181         —          1,911   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     203         9         —          212   

Agency mortgage-backed securities(a)

     8,403         345         (18     8,730   

Other bonds, notes and debentures

     3,161         119         (3     3,277   

Other securities(b)

     1,033         3         —          1,036   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 14,571         657         (21     15,207   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Held-to-maturity:

          

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

   $ 282         —           —          282   

Other debt securities

     2         —           —          2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 284         —           —          284   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Includes interest-only mortgage backed securities of $456 and $408 as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, recorded at fair value with fair value changes recorded in securities gains, net and securities gains, net-non-qualifying hedges on mortgage servicing rights in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.
(b) Other securities consist of FHLB and FRB restricted stock holdings of $497 and $347, respectively, at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, that are carried at cost, and certain mutual fund and equity security holdings.

The following table presents realized gains and losses that were recognized in income from available-for-sale securities:

 

     For the three months
ended March 31,
 

($ in millions)

   2013     2012  

Realized gains

   $ 18        7   

Realized losses

     (25     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net realized (losses) gains

   $ (7     7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains on interest-only mortgage backed securities were $24 million for the three months ending March 31, 2013.

Trading securities totaled $218 million as of March 31, 2013, compared to $207 million at December 31, 2012. Gross realized gains and gross realized losses on trading securities were immaterial to the Bancorp for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012. Net unrealized gains on trading securities were $2 million at March 31, 2013 and 2012.

At March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, securities with a fair value of $10.9 billion and $12.6 billion, respectively, were pledged to secure borrowings, public deposits, trust funds, derivative contracts and for other purposes as required or permitted by law.

 

61


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

The expected maturity distribution of the Bancorp’s agency mortgage-backed securities and the contractual maturity distribution of the Bancorp’s available-for-sale and other and held-to-maturity securities as of March 31, 2013 are shown in the following table:

 

      Available-for-Sale & Other      Held-to-Maturity  

($ in millions)

   Amortized Cost      Fair Value      Amortized Cost      Fair Value  

Debt securities:(a)

           

Under 1 year

   $ 610         623         85         85   

1-5 years

     8,717         9,150         172         172   

5-10 years

     2,146         2,220         21         21   

Over 10 years

     2,120         2,204         5         5   

Other securities

     1,059         1,066         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 14,652         15,263         283         283   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities when there exists a right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

The following table provides the fair value and gross unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities in an unrealized loss position, aggregated by investment category and length of time the individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position as of:

 

     Less than 12 months     12 months or more     Total  

($ in millions)

   Fair Value      Unrealized Losses     Fair Value      Unrealized Losses     Fair Value      Unrealized Losses  

March 31, 2013

               

Agency mortgage-backed securities

   $ 898         (4     —           —          898         (4

Other bonds, notes and debentures

     216         (7     60         (1     276         (8

Other securities

     16         —          —           —          16         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,130         (11     60         (1     1,190         (12
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

               

Agency mortgage-backed securities

   $ 1,784         (18     —           —          1,784         (18

Other bonds, notes and debentures

     454         (3     —           —          454         (3

Other securities

     1         —          —           —          1         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,239         (21     —           —          2,239         (21
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other-Than-Temporary Impairments

During the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, the Bancorp did not recognize OTTI on any of its available-for-sale debt or equity securities or its held-to-maturity debt securities. Less than one percent of unrealized losses in the available-for-sale securities portfolio were represented by non-rated securities at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

 

62


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

5. Loans and Leases

The Bancorp diversifies its loan and lease portfolio by offering a variety of loan and lease products with various payment terms and rate structures. Lending activities are concentrated within those states in which the Bancorp has banking centers and are primarily located in the Midwestern and Southeastern regions of the United States. The Bancorp’s commercial loan portfolio consists of lending to various industry types. Management periodically reviews the performance of its loan and lease products to evaluate whether they are performing within acceptable interest rate and credit risk levels and changes are made to underwriting policies and procedures as needed. The Bancorp maintains an allowance to absorb loan and lease losses inherent in the portfolio. For further information on credit quality and the ALLL, see Note 6.

The following table provides a summary of the total loans and leases classified by primary purpose as of:

 

($ in millions)

   March 31,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 

Loans and leases held for sale:

     

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 25         39   

Commercial mortgage loans

     11         13   

Commercial construction loans

     5         9   

Residential mortgage loans

     2,622         2,856   

Other consumer loans and leases

     28         22   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans and leases held for sale

   $ 2,691         2,939   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Portfolio loans and leases:

     

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 36,757         36,038   

Commercial mortgage loans

     8,766         9,103   

Commercial construction loans

     694         698   

Commercial leases

     3,568         3,549   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial loans and leases

     49,785         49,388   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Residential mortgage loans

     12,091         12,017   

Home equity

     9,727         10,018   

Automobile loans

     11,741         11,972   

Credit card

     2,043         2,097   

Other consumer loans and leases

     289         290   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer loans and leases

     35,891         36,394   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total portfolio loans and leases

   $ 85,676         85,782   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total portfolio loans and leases are recorded net of unearned income, which totaled $736 million as of March 31, 2013 and $758 million as of December 31, 2012. Additionally, portfolio loans and leases are recorded net of unamortized premiums and discounts, deferred loan fees and costs, and fair value adjustments (associated with acquired loans or loans designated at fair value upon origination) which totaled a net premium of $86 million and $73 million as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

The Bancorp’s FHLB and FRB advances are generally secured by loans. The Bancorp had loans of $12.6 billion and $12.7 billion at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, pledged at the FHLB, and loans of $33.1 billion and $30.9 billion at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, pledged at the FRB.

 

63


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

The following table presents a summary of the total loans and leases owned by the Bancorp as of:

 

     Balance      90 Days Past Due
and  Still Accruing
 

($ in millions)

   March 31,
2013
     December 31,
2012
     March 31,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 36,782         36,077       $ 1         1   

Commercial mortgage loans

     8,777         9,116         —           22   

Commercial construction loans

     699         707         —           1   

Commercial leases

     3,568         3,549         —           —     

Residential mortgage loans

     14,713         14,873         74         75   

Home equity

     9,727         10,018         53         58   

Automobile loans

     11,741         11,972         7         8   

Credit card

     2,043         2,097         29         30   

Other consumer loans and leases

     317         312         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans and leases

   $ 88,367         88,721       $ 164         195   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less: Loans held for sale

   $ 2,691         2,939         
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

Total portfolio loans and leases

   $ 85,676         85,782         
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

The following table presents a summary of net charge-offs:

 

     For the three months
ended March 31,
 

($ in millions)

   2013      2012  

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 25         54   

Commercial mortgage loans

     26         30   

Commercial construction loans

     3         18   

Residential mortgage loans

     20         37   

Home equity

     30         46   

Automobile loans

     4         9   

Credit card

     20         20   

Other consumer loans and leases

     5         6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans and leases

   $ 133         220   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

64


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

6. Credit Quality and the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The Bancorp disaggregates ALLL balances and transactions in the ALLL by portfolio segment. Credit quality related disclosures for loans and leases are further disaggregated by class.

The following tables summarize transactions in the ALLL by portfolio segment:

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2013

($ in millions)

   Commercial     Residential
Mortgage
    Consumer     Unallocated     Total  

Transactions in the ALLL:

          

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 1,236        229        278        111        1,854   

Losses charged off

     (68     (22     (78     —         (168

Recoveries of losses previously charged off

     14        2        19        —         35   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     9        3        53        (3     62   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 1,191        212        272        108        1,783   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2012

($ in millions)

   Commercial     Residential
Mortgage
    Consumer     Unallocated     Total  

Transactions in the ALLL:

          

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 1,527        227        365        136        2,255   

Losses charged off

     (117     (38     (98     —           (253

Recoveries of losses previously charged off

     15        1        17        —           33   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     (1     43        57        (8     91   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 1,424        233        341        128        2,126   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following tables provide a summary of the ALLL and related loans and leases classified by portfolio segment:

 

As of March 31, 2013 ($ in millions)

   Commercial      Residential
Mortgage
     Consumer      Unallocated      Total  

ALLL:(a)

              

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 75         132         64         —           271   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     1,116         79         208         —           1,403   

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

     —            1         —            —           1   

Unallocated

     —            —            —            108         108   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total ALLL

   $ 1,191         212         272         108         1,783   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans and leases:(b)

              

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 901         1,312         545         —           2,758   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     48,883         10,692         23,255         —           82,830   

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

     1         6         —            —           7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total portfolio loans and leases

   $ 49,785         12,010         23,800         —           85,595   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Includes $11 related to leveraged leases.
(b) Excludes $81 of residential mortgage loans measured at fair value, and includes $866 of leveraged leases, net of unearned income.

 

As of December 31, 2012 ($ in millions)

   Commercial      Residential
Mortgage
     Consumer      Unallocated      Total  

ALLL:(a)

              

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 95         137         62         —           294   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     1,140         91         216         —           1,447   

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

     1         1         —           —           2   

Unallocated

     —           —           —           111         111   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total ALLL

   $ 1,236         229         278         111         1,854   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans and leases:(b)

              

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 980         1,298         544         —           2,822   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     48,407         10,637         23,833         —           82,877   

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

     1         6         —            —           7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total portfolio loans and leases

   $ 49,388         11,941         24,377         —           85,706   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Includes $11 related to leveraged leases.
(b) Excludes $76 of residential mortgage loans measured at fair value, and includes $862 of leveraged leases, net of unearned income.

CREDIT RISK PROFILE

Commercial Portfolio Segment

For purposes of monitoring the credit quality and risk characteristics of its commercial portfolio segment, the Bancorp disaggregates the segment into the following classes: commercial and industrial, commercial mortgage owner-occupied, commercial mortgage non-owner occupied, commercial construction and commercial leasing.

 

65


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

To facilitate the monitoring of credit quality within the commercial portfolio segment, and for purposes of analyzing historical loss rates used in the determination of the ALLL for the commercial portfolio segment, the Bancorp utilizes the following categories of credit grades: pass, special mention, substandard, doubtful or loss. The five categories, which are derived from standard regulatory rating definitions, are assigned upon initial approval of credit to borrowers and updated periodically thereafter. Pass ratings, which are assigned to those borrowers that do not have identified potential or well defined weaknesses and for which there is a high likelihood of orderly repayment, are updated periodically based on the size and credit characteristics of the borrower. All other categories are updated on a quarterly basis during the month preceding the end of the calendar quarter.

The Bancorp assigns a special mention rating to loans and leases that have potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may, at some future date, result in the deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or lease or the Bancorp’s credit position.

The Bancorp assigns a substandard rating to loans and leases that are inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the borrower or of the collateral pledged. Substandard loans and leases have well defined weaknesses or weaknesses that could jeopardize the orderly repayment of the debt. Loans and leases in this grade also are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Bancorp will sustain some loss if the deficiencies noted are not addressed and corrected.

The Bancorp assigns a doubtful rating to loans and leases that have all the attributes of a substandard rating with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable. The possibility of loss is extremely high, but because of certain important and reasonable specific pending factors that may work to the advantage of and strengthen the credit quality of the loan or lease, its classification as an estimated loss is deferred until its more exact status may be determined. Pending factors may include a proposed merger or acquisition, liquidation proceeding, capital injection, perfecting liens on additional collateral or refinancing plans.

Loans and leases classified as loss are considered uncollectible and are charged off in the period in which they are determined to be uncollectible. Because loans and leases in this category are fully charged down, they are not included in the following tables.

The following table summarizes the credit risk profile of the Bancorp’s commercial portfolio segment, by class:

 

As of March 31, 2013 ($ in millions)

   Pass      Special
Mention
     Substandard      Doubtful      Total  

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 34,228         1,205         1,287         37         36,757   

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans

     3,152         295         522         1         3,970   

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

     3,671         403         704         18         4,796   

Commercial construction loans

     447         54         172         21         694   

Commercial leases

     3,495         27         46         —            3,568   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 44,993         1,984         2,731         77         49,785   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012 ($ in millions)

   Pass      Special
Mention
     Substandard      Doubtful      Total  

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 33,521         1,113         1,379         25         36,038   

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans

     3,934         338         603         1         4,876   

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

     2,958         449         815         5         4,227   

Commercial construction loans

     444         59         195         —           698   

Commercial leases

     3,483         48         18         —           3,549   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 44,340         2,007         3,010         31         49,388   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consumer Portfolio Segment

For purposes of monitoring the credit quality and risk characteristics of its consumer portfolio segment, the Bancorp disaggregates the segment into the following classes: home equity, automobile loans, credit card, and other consumer loans and leases. The Bancorp’s residential mortgage portfolio segment is also a separate class.

The Bancorp considers repayment performance as the best indicator of credit quality for residential mortgage and consumer loans, which includes both the delinquency status and performing versus nonperforming status of the loans. The delinquency status of all residential mortgage and consumer loans is presented by class in the age analysis section below while the performing versus nonperforming status is presented in the table below. Residential mortgage loans that have principal and interest payments that have become past due 150 days and home equity loans with principal and interest payments that have become past due 180 days are classified as nonperforming unless such loans are both well secured and in the process of collection. Residential mortgage, home equity, automobile, and other consumer loans and leases that have been modified in a TDR and subsequently become past due 90 days are classified as nonperforming unless the loan is both well secured and in the process of collection. Credit card loans that have been modified in a TDR are classified as nonperforming unless such loans have a sustained repayment performance of six months or greater and are reasonably assured of repayment in accordance with the restructured terms. Well secured loans are collateralized by perfected security interests in real and/or personal property for which the Bancorp

 

66


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

estimates proceeds from sale would be sufficient to recover the outstanding principal and accrued interest balance of the loan and pay all costs to sell the collateral. The Bancorp considers a loan in the process of collection if collection efforts or legal action is proceeding and the Bancorp expects to collect funds sufficient to bring the loan current or recover the entire outstanding principal and accrued interest balance.

The following table presents a summary of the Bancorp’s residential mortgage and consumer portfolio segments disaggregated into performing versus nonperforming status as of:

 

     March 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  

($ in millions)

   Performing      Nonperforming      Performing      Nonperforming  

Residential mortgage loans(a)

   $ 11,789         221         11,704         237   

Home equity

     9,677         50         9,965         53   

Automobile loans

     11,739         2         11,970         2   

Credit card

     2,004         39         2,058         39   

Other consumer loans and leases

     289         —           289         1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 35,498         312         35,986         332   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Excludes $81 and $76 of loans measured at fair value at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

Age Analysis of Past Due Loans and Leases

The following tables summarize the Bancorp’s recorded investment in portfolio loans and leases by age and class:

 

            Past Due                

As of March 31, 2013

($ in millions)

   Current
Loans and
Leases(c)
     30-89
Days(c)
     90 Days
and
Greater(c)
     Total
Past Due
     Total Loans
and Leases
     90 Days Past
Due and Still
Accruing
 

Commercial:

                 

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 36,507         73         177         250         36,757         1   

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans

     3,858         25         87         112         3,970         —    

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

     4,710         10         76         86         4,796         —    

Commercial construction loans

     625         —           69         69         694         —    

Commercial leases

     3,562         5         1         6         3,568         —    

Residential mortgage loans(a) (b)

     11,647         73         290         363         12,010         74   

Consumer:

                 

Home equity

     9,511         113         103         216         9,727         53   

Automobile loans

     11,682         50         9         59         11,741         7   

Credit card

     1,976         33         34         67         2,043         29   

Other consumer loans and leases

     287         2         —           2         289         —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total portfolio loans and leases(a) (d)

   $ 84,365         384         846         1,230         85,595         164   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Excludes $81 of loans measured at fair value.
(b) Information for current residential mortgage loans includes advances made pursuant to servicing agreements for GNMA mortgage pools whose repayments are insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs. As of March 31, 2013, $71 of these loans were 30-89 days past due and $414 were 90 days or more past due. The Bancorp recognized an immaterial amount of losses during the three months ended March 31, 2013 due to claim denials and curtailments associated with these advances.
(c) Includes accrual and nonaccrual loans and leases.
(d) Includes an immaterial amount of government insured commercial loans 30-89 days and 90 days past due and accruing whose repayments are insured by the SBA at March 31, 2013.

 

            Past Due                

As of December 31, 2012

($ in millions)

   Current
Loans and
Leases(c)
     30-89
Days(c)
     90 Days
and
Greater(c)
     Total
Past Due
     Total Loans
and Leases
     90 Days Past
Due and Still
Accruing
 

Commercial:

                 

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 35,826         46         166         212         36,038         1   

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans

     4,752         29         95         124         4,876         22   

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

     4,094         21         112         133         4,227         —    

Commercial construction loans

     622         —          76         76         698         1   

Commercial leases

     3,546         2         1         3         3,549         —    

Residential mortgage loans(a) (b)

     11,547         87         307         394         11,941         75   

Consumer:

                 

Home equity

     9,782         126         110         236         10,018         58   

Automobile loans

     11,900         62         10         72         11,972         8   

Credit card

     2,025         38         34         72         2,097         30   

Other consumer loans and leases

     287         2         1         3         290         —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total portfolio loans and leases(a) (d)

   $ 84,381         413         912         1,325         85,706         195   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Excludes $76 of loans measured at fair value.

 

67


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

(b) Information for current residential mortgage loans includes advances made pursuant to servicing agreements for GNMA mortgage pools whose repayments are insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs. As of December 31, 2012, $80 of these loans were 30-89 days past due and $414 were 90 days or more past due. The Bancorp recognized $2 of losses for the year ended December 31, 2012 due to claim denials and curtailments associated with these advances.
(c) Includes accrual and nonaccrual loans and leases.
(d) Includes an immaterial amount of government insured commercial loans 30-89 and 90 days past due and accruing whose repayments are insured by the SBA at December 31, 2012.

 

68


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

Impaired Loans and Leases

Larger commercial loans and leases included within aggregate borrower relationship balances exceeding $1 million that exhibit probable or observed credit weaknesses are subject to individual review for impairment. The Bancorp also performs an individual review on loans and leases that are restructured in a troubled debt restructuring. The Bancorp considers the current value of collateral, credit quality of any guarantees, the loan structure, and other factors when evaluating whether an individual loan or lease is impaired. Other factors may include the geography and industry of the borrower, size and financial condition of the borrower, cash flow and leverage of the borrower, and the Bancorp’s evaluation of the borrower’s management. Smaller-balance homogenous loans or leases that are collectively evaluated for impairment are not included in the following tables.

The following tables summarize the Bancorp’s impaired loans and leases (by class) that were subject to individual review:

 

As of March 31, 2013

($ in millions)

   Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Recorded
Investment
    Allowance  

With a related allowance recorded:

       

Commercial:

       

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 223         168        54   

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans(b)

     62         52        6   

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

     191         137        14   

Commercial construction loans

     70         44        1   

Commercial leases

     2         2        —     

Restructured residential mortgage loans

     1,047         1,009        132   

Restructured consumer:

       

Home equity

     407         404        49   

Automobile loans

     28         28        4   

Credit card

     72         71        11   

Other consumer loans and leases

     2         2        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total impaired loans with a related allowance

   $ 2,104         1,917        271   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

With no related allowance recorded:

       

Commercial:

       

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 189         147        —     

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans

     95         87        —     

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

     198         185        —     

Commercial construction loans

     99         71        —     

Commercial leases

     9         9        —     

Restructured residential mortgage loans

     355         303        —     

Restructured consumer:

       

Home equity

     40         37        —     

Automobile loans

     3         3        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total impaired loans with no related allowance

     988         842        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total impaired loans

   $ 3,092         2,759 (a)      271   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Includes $441, $1,201 and $482, respectively, of commercial, residential mortgage and consumer TDRs on accrual status; $159, $111 and $63, respectively, of commercial, residential mortgage and consumer TDRs on nonaccrual status.
(b) Excludes five restructured nonaccrual loans at March 31, 2013 associated with a consolidated variable interest entity, in which the Bancorp has no continuing credit risk due to the risk being assumed by a third party, with an unpaid principal balance of $29, a recorded investment of $29, and an allowance of $11.

 

69


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

As of December 31, 2012

($ in millions)

   Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Recorded
Investment
    Allowance  

With a related allowance recorded:

       

Commercial:

       

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 263         194        65   

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans

     54         43        5   

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

     215         160        16   

Commercial construction loans

     48         37        5   

Commercial leases

     8         8        5   

Restructured residential mortgage loans

     1,067         1,023        137   

Restructured consumer:

       

Home equity

     400         396        46   

Automobile loans

     31         30        4   

Credit card

     74         74        12   

Other consumer loans and leases

     2         2        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total impaired loans with a related allowance

   $ 2,162         1,967        295   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

With no related allowance recorded:

       

Commercial:

       

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 207         169        —     

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans

     107         99        —     

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

     209         199        —     

Commercial construction loans

     109         67        —     

Commercial leases

     5         5        —     

Restructured residential mortgage loans

     326         275        —     

Restructured consumer:

       

Home equity

     40         39        —     

Automobile loans

     3         3        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total impaired loans with no related allowance

     1,006         856        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total impaired loans and leases

   $ 3,168         2,823 (a)      295   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Includes $431, $1,175 and $480, respectively, of commercial, residential mortgage and consumer TDRs on accrual status; $177, $123 and $64, respectively, of commercial, residential mortgage and consumer TDRs on nonaccrual status.

The following table summarizes the Bancorp’s average impaired loans and leases and interest income by class:

 

     For the three months ended
March 31, 2013
     For the three months ended
March 31, 2012
 

($ in millions)

   Average
Recorded
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
     Average
Recorded
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
 

Commercial:

           

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 339         2       $ 494         1   

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans(a)

     140         1         139         1   

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

     341         2         320         2   

Commercial construction loans

     110         1         202         1   

Commercial leases

     11         —           11         —     

Restructured residential mortgage loans

     1,306         13         1,262         12   

Restructured consumer:

           

Home equity

     439         6         444         6   

Automobile loans

     32         —           41         —     

Credit card

     73         1         80         1   

Other consumer loans and leases

     2         —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total impaired loans and leases

   $ 2,793         26       $ 2,993         24   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Excludes five restructured nonaccrual loans at March 31, 2013 associated with a consolidated variable interest entity, in which the Bancorp has no continuing credit risk due to the risk being assumed by a third party, with an average recorded investment of $30 and an immaterial amount of interest income recognized.

 

70


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

Nonperforming Assets

The following table summarizes the Bancorp’s nonperforming loans and leases, by class, as of:

 

($ in millions)

   March 31,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 

Commercial:

     

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 312         330   

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans(a)

     132         125   

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

     117         157   

Commercial construction loans

     69         76   

Commercial leases

     9         9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial loans and leases

     639         697   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Residential mortgage loans

     221         237   

Consumer:

     

Home equity

     50         53   

Automobile loans

     2         2   

Credit card

     39         39   

Other consumer loans and leases

     —          1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer loans and leases

     91         95   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total nonperforming loans and leases(b) (c)

   $ 951         1,029   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

OREO and other repossessed property(d)

     259         257   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Excludes $22 million of restructured nonaccrual loans at March 31, 2013 associated with a consolidated variable interest entity in which the Bancorp has no continuing credit risk due to the risk being assumed by a third party.
(b) Excludes $19 and $29 of nonaccrual loans held for sale at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.
(c) Includes $13 and $10 of nonaccrual government insured commercial loans whose repayments are insured by the SBA at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, and $1 of restructured nonaccrual government insured commercial loans at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.
(d) Excludes $65 and $72 of OREO related to government insured loans at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

Troubled Debt Restructurings

If a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, the Bancorp may consider, in certain circumstances, modifying the terms of their loan to maximize collection of amounts due. Within each of the Bancorp’s loan classes, TDRs typically involve either a reduction of the stated interest rate of the loan, an extension of the loan’s maturity date(s) with a stated rate lower than the current market rate for a new loan with similar risk, or in limited circumstances, a reduction of the principal balance of the loan or the loan’s accrued interest. Modifying the terms of loans may result in an increase or decrease to the ALLL depending upon the terms modified, the method used to measure the ALLL for a loan prior to modification, and whether any charge-offs were recorded on the loan before or at the time of modification. Refer to the ALLL section of Note 1 in the Bancorp’s Form 10-K for information on the Bancorp’s ALLL methodology. Upon modification of a loan, the Bancorp measures the related impairment as the difference between the estimated future cash flows, discounted at the original effective yield of the loan, expected to be collected on the modified loan and the carrying value of the loan. The resulting measurement may result in the need for minimal or no valuation allowance because it is probable that all cash flows will be collected under the modified terms of the loan. In addition, if the stated interest rate was increased in a TDR, the cash flows on the modified loan, using the pre-modification interest rate as the discount rate, often exceed the recorded investment of the loan. Conversely, the Bancorp often recognizes an impairment loss as an increase to the ALLL upon a modification that reduces the stated interest rate on a loan.

If a TDR involves a reduction of the principal balance of the loan or the loan’s accrued interest, that amount is charged off to the ALLL. As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Bancorp had $17 million and $28 million in line of credit commitments, respectively, and $24 million and $25 million in letter of credit commitments at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, to lend additional funds to borrowers whose terms have been modified in a TDR.

 

71


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

The following table provides a summary of loans modified in a TDR by the Bancorp during the three months ended:

 

March 31, 2013 ($ in millions)(a)

   Number of loans
modified in a TDR
during the period(b)
     Recorded investment
in loans modified

in a TDR
during the period
     Increase
(Decrease)
to ALLL upon
modification
    Charge-offs
recognized upon
modification
 

Commercial:

          

Commercial and industrial loans

     20       $ 9         1        1   

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans(c)

     10         4         (1     —     

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

     15         17         (1     —     

Commercial construction loans

     1         6         (1     —     

Residential mortgage loans

     394         61         8        —     

Consumer:

          

Home equity

     326         17         —          —     

Automobile loans

     115         7         —         —     

Credit card

     2,312         14         2        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total portfolio loans and leases

     3,193       $ 135         8        1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

March 31, 2012 ($ in millions)(a)

   Number of loans
modified in a TDR
during the period(b)
     Recorded investment
in loans modified

in a TDR
during the period
     Increase
(Decrease)

to ALLL upon
modification
    Charge-offs
recognized upon
modification
 

Commercial:

          

Commercial and industrial loans

     30       $ 15         (3     —     

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans

     27         8         (2     —     

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

     30         51         1        —     

Commercial construction loans

     11         36         —          —     

Residential mortgage loans

     480         78         7        —     

Consumer:

          

Home equity

     311         19         1        —     

Automobile loans

     339         5         1        —     

Credit card

     2,741         18         2        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total portfolio loans and leases

     3,969       $ 230         7        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Excludes all loans and leases held for sale and loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality.
(b) Represents number of loans post-modification.
(c) Excludes five loans modified in a TDR during the three months ended March 31, 2013 associated with a consolidated variable interest entity in which the Bancorp has no continuing credit risk due to the risk being assumed by a third party. The TDR has a recorded investment of $29, ALLL increased $7 upon modification, and a charge-off of $2 was recognized upon modification.

The Bancorp considers TDRs that become 90 days or more past due under the modified terms as subsequently defaulted. For commercial loans not subject to individual review for impairment, the historical loss rates that are applied to such commercial loans for purposes of determining the allowance include historical losses associated with subsequent defaults on loans previously modified in a TDR. For consumer loans, the Bancorp performs a qualitative assessment of the adequacy of the consumer ALLL by comparing the consumer ALLL to forecasted consumer losses over the projected loss emergence period (the forecasted losses include the impact of subsequent defaults of consumer TDRs). When a residential mortgage, home equity, auto or other consumer loan that has been modified in a TDR subsequently defaults, the present value of expected cash flows used in the measurement of the potential impairment loss is generally limited to the expected net proceeds from the sale of the loan’s underlying collateral and any resulting impairment loss is reflected as a charge-off or an increase in ALLL. When a credit card loan that has been modified in a TDR subsequently defaults, the calculation of the impairment loss is consistent with the Bancorp’s calculation for other credit card loans that have become 90 days or more past due.

 

72


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

The following table provides a summary of subsequent defaults of TDRs that occurred during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 and within 12 months of the restructuring date:

 

March 31, 2013 ($ in millions)(a)

   Number of
Contracts
     Recorded
Investment
 

Residential mortgage loans

     42       $ 8   

Consumer:

     

Home equity

     14         1   

Automobile loans

     3         —     

Credit card

     515         3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total portfolio loans and leases

     574       $ 12   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

March 31, 2012 ($ in millions)(a)

   Number of
Contracts
     Recorded
Investment
 

Commercial:

     

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

     1       $ 1   

Commercial construction loans

     2         3   

Residential mortgage loans

     64         11   

Consumer:

     

Home equity

     31         2   

Automobile loans

     12         —     

Credit card

     577         4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total portfolio loans and leases

     687       $ 21   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Excludes all loans and leases held for sale and loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality.

7. Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist of servicing rights, core deposit intangibles, customer lists, non-compete agreements and cardholder relationships. Intangible assets are amortized on either a straight-line or an accelerated basis over their estimated useful lives. Intangible assets, excluding servicing rights, have an estimated remaining weighted-average life at March 31, 2013 of 3.9 years. The Bancorp reviews intangible assets for possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that carrying amounts may not be recoverable. For more information on servicing rights, see Note 9.

The details of the Bancorp’s intangible assets are shown in the following table:

 

($ in millions)

   Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Valuation
Allowance
    Net Carrying
Amount
 

As of March 31, 2013

         

Mortgage servicing rights

   $ 2,898         (1,520     (612     766   

Automobile servicing rights

     6         —          —          6   

Core deposit intangibles

     180         (162     —          18   

Other

     45         (38     —          7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

   $ 3,129         (1,720     (612     797   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012

         

Mortgage servicing rights

   $ 2,825         (1,467     (661     697   

Core deposit intangibles

     180         (160     —          20   

Other

     44         (37     —          7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

   $ 3,049         (1,664     (661     724   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of March 31, 2013, all of the Bancorp’s intangible assets were being amortized. Amortization expense recognized on intangible assets, including servicing rights, for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 was $56 million and $50 million, respectively.

Estimated amortization expense for the remainder of 2013 through 2017 is as follows:

 

($ in millions)

   Servicing Rights      Other
Intangible Assets
     Total  

Remainder of 2013

   $ 209         6         215   

2014

     225         5         230   

2015

     180         2         182   

2016

     146         2         148   

2017

     117         2         119   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

73


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

8. Variable Interest Entities

The Bancorp, in the normal course of business, engages in a variety of activities that involve VIEs, which are legal entities that lack sufficient equity to finance their activities, or the equity investors of the entities as a group lack any of the characteristics of a controlling interest. The primary beneficiary of a VIE is generally the enterprise that has both the power to direct the activities most significant to the economic performance of the VIE and the obligation to absorb losses or receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE. For certain investment funds, the primary beneficiary is the enterprise that will absorb a majority of the fund’s expected losses or receive a majority of the fund’s expected residual returns. The Bancorp evaluates its interest in certain entities to determine if these entities meet the definition of a VIE and whether the Bancorp is the primary beneficiary and should consolidate the entity based on the variable interests it held both at inception and when there is a change in circumstances that requires a reconsideration. If the Bancorp is determined to be the primary beneficiary of a VIE, it must account for the VIE as a consolidated subsidiary. If the Bancorp is determined not to be the primary beneficiary of a VIE but holds a variable interest in the entity, such variable interests are accounted for under the equity method of accounting or other accounting standards as appropriate.

Consolidated VIEs

The following table provides a summary of the classifications of consolidated VIE assets, liabilities and noncontrolling interests included in the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of:

 

March 31, 2013 ($ in millions)

   CDC
Investments
 

Assets:

  

Commercial mortgage loans

   $ 50   

ALLL

     (13

Other assets

     1   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

     38   
  

 

 

 

Noncontrolling interests

     38   
  

 

 

 

December 31, 2012 ($ in millions)

   CDC
Investments
 

Assets:

  

Commercial mortgage loans

   $ 50   

ALLL

     (5

Other assets

     3   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

     48   
  

 

 

 

Noncontrolling interests

     48   
  

 

 

 

CDC Investments

CDC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bancorp, was created to invest in projects to create affordable housing, revitalize business and residential areas, and preserve historic landmarks. CDC generally co-invests with other unrelated companies and/or individuals and typically makes investments in a separate legal entity that owns the property under development. The entities are usually formed as limited partnerships and LLCs, and CDC typically invests as a limited partner/investor member in the form of equity contributions. The economic performance of the VIEs is driven by the performance of their underlying investment projects as well as the VIEs’ ability to operate in compliance with the rules and regulations necessary for the qualification of tax credits generated by equity investments. Typically, the general partner or managing member will be the party that has the right to make decisions that will most significantly impact the economic performance of the entity. The Bancorp serves as the managing member of certain LLCs invested in business revitalization projects. The Bancorp has provided an indemnification guarantee to the investor member of these LLCs related to the qualification of tax credits generated by the investor member’s investment. Accordingly, the Bancorp concluded that it is the primary beneficiary and, therefore, has consolidated these VIEs. As a result, the investor members’ interests in these VIEs are presented as noncontrolling interests in the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. This presentation includes reporting separately the equity attributable to the noncontrolling interests in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets and Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity and reporting separately the comprehensive income attributable to the noncontrolling interests in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income and the net income attributable to the noncontrolling interests in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income. The Bancorp’s maximum exposure related to these indemnifications at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 was $19 million and $18 million, respectively, which is based on an amount required to meet the investor member’s defined target rate of return.

 

74


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

Non-consolidated VIEs

The following tables provide a summary of assets and liabilities carried on the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets related to non-consolidated VIEs for which the Bancorp holds an interest, but is not the primary beneficiary of the VIE, as well as the Bancorp’s maximum exposure to losses associated with its interests in the entities:

 

As of March 31, 2013 ($ in millions)

   Total
Assets
     Total
Liabilities
     Maximum
Exposure
 

CDC investments

   $ 1,389         399         1,389   

Private equity investments

     191         —           305   

Loans provided to VIEs

     1,671         —           3,141   

Automobile loan securitizations

     6         —           6   

Restructured loans

     2         —           2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012 ($ in millions)

   Total
Assets
     Total
Liabilities
     Maximum
Exposure
 

CDC investments

   $ 1,442         394         1,442   

Private equity investments

     189         —           310   

Loans provided to VIEs

     1,622         —           2,465   

Restructured loans

     2         —           2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

CDC Investments

As noted previously, CDC typically invests in VIEs as a limited partner or investor member in the form of equity contributions. The Bancorp has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of these VIEs because it lacks the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the underlying project or the VIEs’ ability to operate in compliance with the rules and regulations necessary for the qualification of tax credits generated by equity investments. This power is held by the general partners/managing members who exercise full and exclusive control of the operations of the VIEs. Accordingly, the Bancorp accounts for these investments under the equity method of accounting.

The Bancorp’s funding requirements are limited to its invested capital and any additional unfunded commitments for future equity contributions. The Bancorp’s maximum exposure to loss as a result of its involvement with the VIEs is limited to the carrying amounts of the investments, including the unfunded commitments. The carrying amounts of these investments, which are included in other assets in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, and the liabilities related to the unfunded commitments, which are included in other liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, are included in the previous tables for all periods presented. The Bancorp has no other liquidity arrangements or obligations to purchase assets of the VIEs that would expose the Bancorp to a loss. In certain arrangements, the general partner/managing member of the VIE has guaranteed a level of projected tax credits to be received by the limited partners/investor members, thereby minimizing a portion of the Bancorp’s risk.

Private Equity Investments

The Bancorp invests as a limited partner in private equity funds which provide the Bancorp an opportunity to obtain higher rates of return on invested capital, while also creating cross-selling opportunities for the Bancorp’s commercial products. Each of the limited partnerships has an unrelated third-party general partner responsible for appointing the fund manager. The Bancorp has not been appointed fund manager for any of these private equity funds. The funds finance primarily all of their activities from the partners’ capital contributions and investment returns. Under the VIE consolidation guidance still applicable to the funds, the Bancorp has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of the funds because it does not absorb a majority of the funds’ expected losses or receive a majority of the funds’ expected residual returns. Therefore, the Bancorp accounts for its investments in these limited partnerships under the equity method of accounting.

The Bancorp is exposed to losses arising from negative performance of the underlying investments in the private equity funds. As a limited partner, the Bancorp’s maximum exposure to loss is limited to the carrying amounts of the investments plus unfunded commitments. The carrying amounts of these investments, which are included in other assets in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, are included in the previous tables. Also, as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the unfunded commitment amounts to the funds were $114 million and $121 million, respectively. The Bancorp made capital contributions of $3 million and $11 million, respectively, to private equity funds during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012.

Loans Provided to VIEs

The Bancorp has provided funding to certain unconsolidated VIEs sponsored by third parties. These VIEs are generally established to finance certain consumer and small business loans originated by third parties. The entities are primarily funded through the issuance of a loan from the Bancorp or a syndication through which the Bancorp is involved. The sponsor/administrator of the entities is responsible for servicing the underlying assets in the VIEs. Because the sponsor/administrator, not the Bancorp, holds the servicing responsibilities, which include the establishment and employment of default mitigation policies and procedures, the Bancorp does not hold the power to direct the activities most significant to the economic performance of the entity and, therefore, is not the primary beneficiary.

The principal risk to which these entities are exposed is credit risk related to the underlying assets. The Bancorp’s maximum exposure to loss is equal to the carrying amounts of the loans and unfunded commitments to the VIEs. The Bancorp’s outstanding loans to these VIEs, included in commercial loans in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, are included in the previous tables for all periods presented.

 

75


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

Also, as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Bancorp’s unfunded commitments to these entities were $1.5 billion and $843 million, respectively. The loans and unfunded commitments to these VIEs are included in the Bancorp’s overall analysis of the ALLL and reserve for unfunded commitments, respectively. The Bancorp does not provide any implicit or explicit liquidity guarantees or principal value guarantees to these VIEs.

Automobile Loan Securitization

In March of 2013, the Bancorp recognized an immaterial loss on the securitization and sale of certain automobile loans with a carrying amount of approximately $509 million. The securitization and the resulting sale of all underlying securities qualified for sale accounting. The Bancorp has concluded that it is not the primary beneficiary of the trust because it has neither the obligation to absorb losses of the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE nor the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The Bancorp is not required and does not currently intend to provide any additional financial support to the trust. Investors and creditors only have recourse to the assets held by the trust. The interest the Bancorp holds in the VIE relates to servicing rights which are included in the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. The maximum exposure to loss is equal to the carrying value of the servicing asset.

Restructured Loans

As part of loan restructuring efforts, the Bancorp received equity capital from certain borrowers to facilitate the restructuring of the borrower’s debt. These borrowers meet the definition of a VIE because the Bancorp was involved in their refinancing and because their equity capital is insufficient to fund ongoing operations. These restructurings were intended to provide the VIEs with serviceable debt levels while providing the Bancorp an opportunity to maximize the recovery of the loans. The VIEs finance their operations from earned income, capital contributions, and through restructured debt agreements. Assets of the VIEs are used to settle their specific obligations, including loan payments due to the Bancorp. The Bancorp continues to maintain its relationship with these VIEs as a lender and minority shareholder, however, it is not involved in management decisions and does not have sufficient voting rights to control the membership of the respective boards. Therefore, the Bancorp accounts for its equity investments in these VIEs under the equity method or cost method based on its percentage of ownership and ability to exercise significant influence.

The Bancorp’s maximum exposure to loss as a result of its involvement with these VIEs is limited to the equity investments, the principal and accrued interest on the outstanding loans, and any unfunded commitments. Due to the VIEs’ short-term cash deficit projections at the restructuring dates, the Bancorp determined that the initial fair value of its equity investments in these VIEs was zero. As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Bancorp’s carrying value of these equity investments was immaterial to the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. Additionally, the Bancorp had outstanding loans to these VIEs, included in commercial loans in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, which are included in the above tables for all periods presented. The Bancorp had no unfunded loan commitments to these VIEs as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. The loans and unfunded commitments to these VIEs are included in the Bancorp’s overall analysis of the ALLL and reserve for unfunded commitments, respectively. The Bancorp does not provide any implicit or explicit liquidity guarantees or principal value guarantees to these VIEs.

9. Sales of Receivables and Servicing Rights

Automobile Loan Securitization

In March of 2013, the Bancorp recognized an immaterial loss on the securitization and sale of certain automobile loans with a carrying amount of approximately $509 million. The Bancorp utilized a securitization trust to facilitate the securitization process. The trust issued asset-backed securities in the form of notes and equity certificates, with varying levels of credit subordination and payment priority. The Bancorp does not hold any of the notes or equity certificates issued by the trust, and the investors in these securities have no credit recourse to the Bancorp’s assets for failure of debtors to pay when due. As part of the sale, the Bancorp obtained servicing responsibilities and recognized a servicing asset with an initial fair value of $6 million.

Residential Mortgage Loan Sales

The Bancorp sold fixed and adjustable rate residential mortgage loans during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012. In those sales, the Bancorp obtained servicing responsibilities and the investors have no recourse to the Bancorp’s other assets for failure of debtors to pay when due. The Bancorp receives annual servicing fees based on a percentage of the outstanding balance. The Bancorp identifies classes of servicing assets based on financial asset type and interest rates.

Information related to residential mortgage loan sales and the Bancorp’s mortgage banking activity, which is included in mortgage banking net revenue in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income, is as follows:

 

      For the three months
ended March 31,
 

($ in millions)

   2013      2012  

Residential mortgage loan sales

   $ 6,888         6,939   

Origination fees and gains on loan sales

     169         174   

Servicing fees

     61         61   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

76


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

Servicing Assets

The following table presents changes in the servicing assets related to residential mortgage and automobile loans for the three months ended March 31:

 

($ in millions)

   2013     2012  

Carrying amount before valuation allowance as of the beginning of the period

   $ 1,358        1,239   

Servicing rights that result from the transfer of residential mortgage loans

     73        121   

Servicing rights that result from the transfer of automobile loans

     6        —      

Amortization

     (53     (46
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying amount before valuation allowance

     1,384        1,314   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation allowance for servicing assets:

    

Beginning balance

     (661     (558

Servicing recovery related to MSRs

     49        11   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

     (612     (547
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying amount as of the end of the period

   $ 772        767   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Temporary impairment or impairment recovery, affected through a change in the MSR valuation allowance, was captured as a component of mortgage banking net revenue in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income. The Bancorp maintains a non-qualifying hedging strategy to manage a portion of the risk associated with changes in the value of the MSR portfolio. This strategy includes the purchase of free-standing derivatives and various available-for-sale securities. The interest income, mark-to-market adjustments and gain or loss from sale activities associated with these portfolios are expected to economically hedge a portion of the change in value of the MSR portfolio caused by fluctuating discount rates, earnings rates and prepayment speeds. The fair value of the servicing asset is based on the present value of expected future cash flows.

The following table displays the beginning and ending fair value of the servicing assets for the three months ended March 31:

 

($ in millions)

   2013      2012  

Fixed rate residential mortgage loans:

     

Beginning balance

   $ 664         649   

Ending balance

     731         732   

Adjustable rate residential mortgage loans:

     

Beginning balance

     33         32   

Ending balance

     35         35   

Fixed rate automobile loans:

     

Beginning balance

     —           —     

Ending balance

     6         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents activity related to valuations of the MSR portfolio and the impact of the non-qualifying hedging strategy, which is included in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income:

 

      For the three months
ended March 31,
 

($ in millions)

   2013     2012  

Securities gains, net - non-qualifying hedges on MSRs

   $ 2        —     

Changes in fair value and settlement of free-standing derivatives purchased to economically hedge the MSR portfolio (Mortgage banking net revenue)

     (6     4   

Recovery of MSR impairment (Mortgage banking net revenue)

     49        11   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of March 31, 2013 and 2012, the key economic assumptions used in measuring the interests in residential mortgage loans that continued to be held by the Bancorp at the date of sale or securitization resulting from transactions completed during the three months ended:

 

          March 31, 2013      March 31, 2012  
     Rate    Weighted-
Average
Life (in
years)
     Prepayment
Speed
(annual)
    Discount
Rate
(annual)
    Weighted-
Average
Default
rate
     Weighted-
Average
Life (in
years)
     Prepayment
Speed
(annual)
    Discount
Rate
(annual)
    Weighted-
Average
Default
rate
 

Residential mortgage loans:

                      

Servicing assets

   Fixed      7.3         8.8      10.0      N/A         7.5         8.2      10.6      N/A   

Servicing assets

   Adjustable      3.5         23.4        11.4        N/A         3.8         21.9        11.5        N/A   
  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Based on historical credit experience, expected credit losses for residential mortgage loan servicing assets have been deemed immaterial, as the Bancorp sold the majority of the underlying loans without recourse. At March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Bancorp serviced $64.8 billion and $62.5 billion, respectively, of residential mortgage loans for other investors. The value of MSRs that continue to be held by the Bancorp is subject to credit, prepayment and interest rate risks on the sold financial assets.

 

77


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

At March 31, 2013, the sensitivity of the current fair value of residual cash flows to immediate 10%, 20% and 50% adverse changes in prepayment speed assumptions and immediate 10% and 20% adverse changes in other assumptions are as follows:

 

                        Prepayment
Speed Assumption
    Residual Servicing
Cash Flows
 
           Fair      Weighted-
Average
Life (in
           Impact of Adverse
Change on Fair Value
    Discount     Impact of
Adverse Change
on Fair Value
 

($ in millions)(a)

   Rate    Value      years)      Rate     10%     20%     50%     Rate     10%     20%  

Residential mortgage loans:

                       

Servicing assets

   Fixed    $ 731         5.4         14.0    $ (37     (71     (160     10.5    $ (26     (50

Servicing assets

   Adjustable      35         3.1         26.8        (2     (3     (7     11.7        (1     (2

 

(a) The impact of the weighted-average default rate on the current fair value of residual cash flows for all scenarios is immaterial.

These sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution. As the figures indicate, changes in fair value based on these variations in the assumptions typically cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. The Bancorp believes variations of these levels are reasonably possible, however there is the potential that adverse changes in key assumptions could be even greater. Also, in the previous table, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the interests that continue to be held by the Bancorp is calculated without changing any other assumption; in reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another (for example, increases in market interest rates may result in lower prepayments), which might magnify or counteract these sensitivities.

 

78


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

10. Derivative Financial Instruments

The Bancorp maintains an overall risk management strategy that incorporates the use of derivative instruments to reduce certain risks related to interest rate, prepayment and foreign currency volatility. Additionally, the Bancorp holds derivative instruments for the benefit of its commercial customers and for other business purposes. The Bancorp does not enter into unhedged speculative derivative positions.

The Bancorp’s interest rate risk management strategy involves modifying the repricing characteristics of certain financial instruments so that changes in interest rates do not adversely affect the Bancorp’s net interest margin and cash flows. Derivative instruments that the Bancorp may use as part of its interest rate risk management strategy include interest rate swaps, interest rate floors, interest rate caps, forward contracts, options and swaptions. Interest rate swap contracts are exchanges of interest payments, such as fixed-rate payments for floating-rate payments, based on a stated notional amount and maturity date. Interest rate floors protect against declining rates, while interest rate caps protect against rising interest rates. Forward contracts are contracts in which the buyer agrees to purchase, and the seller agrees to make delivery of, a specific financial instrument at a predetermined price or yield. Options provide the purchaser with the right, but not the obligation, to purchase or sell a contracted item during a specified period at an agreed upon price. Swaptions are financial instruments granting the owner the right, but not the obligation, to enter into or cancel a swap.

Prepayment volatility arises mostly from changes in fair value of the largely fixed-rate MSR portfolio, mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities. The Bancorp may enter into various free-standing derivatives (principal-only swaps, interest rate swaptions, interest rate floors, mortgage options, TBAs and interest rate swaps) to economically hedge prepayment volatility. Principal-only swaps are total return swaps based on changes in the value of the underlying mortgage principal-only trust. TBAs are a forward purchase agreement for a mortgage-backed securities trade whereby the terms of the security are undefined at the time the trade is made.

Foreign currency volatility occurs as the Bancorp enters into certain loans denominated in foreign currencies. Derivative instruments that the Bancorp may use to economically hedge these foreign denominated loans include foreign exchange swaps and forward contracts.

The Bancorp also enters into derivative contracts (including foreign exchange contracts, commodity contracts and interest rate contracts) for the benefit of commercial customers and other business purposes. The Bancorp may economically hedge significant exposures related to these free-standing derivatives by entering into offsetting third-party contracts with approved, reputable counterparties with substantially matching terms and currencies. Credit risk arises from the possible inability of counterparties to meet the terms of their contracts. The Bancorp’s exposure is limited to the replacement value of the contracts rather than the notional, principal or contract amounts. Credit risk is minimized through credit approvals, limits, counterparty collateral and monitoring procedures.

The Bancorp’s derivative assets contain certain contracts in which the Bancorp requires the counterparties to provide collateral in the form of cash and securities to offset changes in the fair value of the derivatives, including changes in the fair value due to credit risk of the counterparty. As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the balance of collateral held by the Bancorp for derivative assets was $875 million and $927 million, respectively. The credit component negatively impacting the fair value of derivative assets associated with customer accommodation contracts as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 was $17 million and $18 million, respectively.

In measuring the fair value of derivative liabilities, the Bancorp considers its own credit risk, taking into consideration collateral maintenance requirements of certain derivative counterparties and the duration of instruments with counterparties that do not require collateral maintenance. When necessary, the Bancorp primarily posts collateral in the form of cash and securities to offset changes in fair value of the derivatives, including changes in fair value due to the Bancorp’s credit risk. As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the balance of collateral posted by the Bancorp for derivative liabilities was $704 million and $785 million, respectively. Certain of the Bancorp’s derivative liabilities contain credit-risk related contingent features that could result in the requirement to post additional collateral upon the occurrence of specified events. As of March 31, 2013, the fair value of the additional collateral that could be required to be posted as a result of the credit-risk related contingent features being triggered was not material to the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. The posting of collateral has been determined to remove the need for consideration of credit risk. As a result, the Bancorp determined that the impact of the Bancorp’s credit risk to the valuation of its derivative liabilities was immaterial to the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Bancorp holds certain derivative instruments that qualify for hedge accounting treatment and are designated as either fair value hedges or cash flow hedges. Derivative instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment, or for which hedge accounting is not established, are held as free-standing derivatives. All customer accommodation derivatives are held as free-standing derivatives.

The fair value of derivative instruments is presented on a gross basis, even when the derivative instruments are subject to master netting arrangements. Derivative instruments with a positive fair value are reported in other assets in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets while derivative instruments with a negative fair value are reported in other liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. Cash collateral payables and receivables associated with the derivative instruments are not added to or netted against the fair value amounts. For further information on offsetting derivatives and other financial instruments, see Note 11 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

79


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

            Fair Value  
     Notional      Derivative      Derivative  

March 31, 2013 ($ in millions)

   Amount      Assets      Liabilities  

Qualifying hedging instruments

        

Fair value hedges:

        

Interest rate swaps related to long-term debt

   $ 3,880         492         1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fair value hedges

        492         1   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flow hedges:

        

Interest rate floors related to C&I loans

     1,500         3         —     

Interest rate swaps related to C&I loans

     1,000         55         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash flow hedges

        58         —     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as qualifying hedging instruments

        550         1   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as qualifying hedging instruments

        

Free-standing derivatives - risk management and other business purposes

        

Interest rate contracts related to MSRs

     5,952         199         —     

Forward contracts related to held for sale mortgage loans

     7,752         8         22   

Stock warrants associated with sale of the processing business

     484         211         —     

Swap associated with the sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares

     722         —           37   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total free-standing derivatives - risk management and other business purposes

        418         59   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Free-standing derivatives - customer accommodation:

        

Interest rate contracts for customers

     26,597         522         537   

Interest rate lock commitments

     4,351         51         1   

Commodity contracts

     3,043         74         70   

Foreign exchange contracts

     17,476         233         198   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total free-standing derivatives - customer accommodation

        880         806   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total derivatives not designated as qualifying hedging instruments

        1,298         865   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      $ 1,848         866   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

            Fair Value  
     Notional      Derivative      Derivative  

December 31, 2012 ($ in millions)

   Amount      Assets      Liabilities  

Qualifying hedging instruments

        

Fair value hedges:

        

Interest rate swaps related to long-term debt

   $ 2,880         558         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fair value hedges

        558         —     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flow hedges:

        

Interest rate floors related to C&I loans

     1,500         22         —     

Interest rate swaps related to C&I loans

     1,000         60         —     

Interest rate caps related to long-term debt

     500         —           —     

Interest rate swaps related to long-term debt

     250         —           1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash flow hedges

        82         1   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as qualifying hedging instruments

        640         1   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as qualifying hedging instruments

        

Free-standing derivatives - risk management and other business purposes

        

Interest rate contracts related to MSRs

     10,177         219         —     

Forward contracts related to held for sale mortgage loans

     5,322         2         14   

Stock warrants associated with sale of the processing business

     416         177         —     

Swap associated with the sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares

     644         —           33   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total free-standing derivatives - risk management and other business purposes

        398         47   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Free-standing derivatives - customer accommodation:

        

Interest rate contracts for customers

     27,354         586         602   

Interest rate lock commitments

     4,894         60         —     

Commodity contracts

     3,084         87         82   

Foreign exchange contracts

     17,297         201         183   

Derivative instruments related to equity linked CDs

     5         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total free-standing derivatives - customer accommodation

        934         867   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total derivatives not designated as qualifying hedging instruments

        1,332         914   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      $ 1,972         915   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

80


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

Fair Value Hedges

The Bancorp may enter into interest rate swaps to convert its fixed-rate funding to floating-rate. Decisions to convert fixed-rate funding to floating are made primarily through consideration of the asset/liability mix of the Bancorp, the desired asset/liability sensitivity and interest rate levels. As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, certain interest rate swaps met the criteria required to qualify for the shortcut method of accounting. Based on this shortcut method of accounting treatment, no ineffectiveness is assumed. For interest rate swaps that do not meet the shortcut requirements, an assessment of hedge effectiveness using regression analysis was performed and such swaps were accounted for using the “long-haul” method. The long-haul method requires a quarterly assessment of hedge effectiveness and measurement of ineffectiveness. For interest rate swaps accounted for as a fair value hedge using the long-haul method, ineffectiveness is the difference between the changes in the fair value of the interest rate swap and changes in fair value of the related hedged item attributable to the risk being hedged. The ineffectiveness on interest rate swaps hedging fixed-rate funding is reported within interest expense in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

The following table reflects the change in fair value of interest rate contracts, designated as fair value hedges, as well as the change in fair value of the related hedged items attributable to the risk being hedged, included in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income:

    

Condensed Consolidated

Statements of Income Caption

   For the three months  
        ended March 31,  

($ in millions)

      2013     2012  

Interest rate contracts:

       

Change in fair value of interest rate swaps hedging long-term debt

   Interest on long-term debt    $ (67     (100

Change in fair value of hedged long-term debt attributable to the risk being hedged

   Interest on long-term debt      66        92   

Cash Flow Hedges

The Bancorp may enter into interest rate swaps to convert floating-rate assets and liabilities to fixed rates or to hedge certain forecasted transactions. The assets or liabilities may be grouped in circumstances where they share the same risk exposure for which the Bancorp desired to hedge. The Bancorp may also enter into interest rate caps and floors to limit cash flow variability of floating rate assets and liabilities. As of March 31, 2013, all hedges designated as cash flow hedges are assessed for effectiveness using regression analysis. Ineffectiveness is generally measured as the amount by which the cumulative change in the fair value of the hedging instrument exceeds the present value of the cumulative change in the hedged item’s expected cash flows attributable to the risk being hedged. Ineffectiveness is reported within other noninterest income in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income. The effective portion of the cumulative gains or losses on cash flow hedges are reported within accumulated other comprehensive income and are reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to current period earnings when the forecasted transaction affects earnings. As of March 31, 2013, the maximum length of time over which the Bancorp is hedging its exposure to the variability in future cash flows is 35 months.

Reclassified gains and losses on interest rate contracts related to commercial and industrial loans are recorded within interest income while reclassified gains and losses on interest rate contracts related to long-term debt are recorded within interest expense in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income. As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, $37 million and $50 million, respectively, of deferred gains, net of tax, on cash flow hedges were recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of March 31, 2013, $3 million in net deferred gains, net of tax, recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income are expected to be reclassified into earnings during the next twelve months, primarily due to the benefit of interest rate floors that mature during the second quarter of 2013. During the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, there were no gains or losses reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income into earnings associated with the discontinuance of cash flow hedges because it was probable that the original forecasted transaction would not occur.

The following table presents the net gains recorded in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income and in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income relating to derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges:

 

     For the three months  
     ended March 31,  

($ in millions)

   2013      2012  

Amount of net gain recognized in OCI

   $ 1         9   

Amount of net gain reclassified from OCI into net income

     21         20   

Amount of ineffectiveness recognized in other noninterest income

     —           —     

Free-Standing Derivative Instruments – Risk Management and Other Business Purposes

As part of its overall risk management strategy relative to its mortgage banking activity, the Bancorp may enter into various free-standing derivatives (principal-only swaps, interest rate swaptions, interest rate floors, mortgage options, TBAs and interest rate swaps) to economically hedge changes in fair value of its largely fixed-rate MSR portfolio. Principal-only swaps hedge the mortgage-LIBOR spread because these swaps appreciate in value as a result of tightening spreads. Principal-only swaps also provide prepayment protection by increasing in value when prepayment speeds increase, as opposed to MSRs that lose value in a faster prepayment environment. Receive fixed/pay floating interest rate swaps and swaptions increase in value when interest rates do not increase as quickly as expected.

 

81


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

The Bancorp enters into forward contracts and mortgage options to economically hedge the change in fair value of certain residential mortgage loans held for sale due to changes in interest rates. Interest rate lock commitments issued on residential mortgage loan commitments that will be held for sale are also considered free-standing derivative instruments and the interest rate exposure on these commitments is economically hedged primarily with forward contracts. Revaluation gains and losses from free-standing derivatives related to mortgage banking activity are recorded as a component of mortgage banking net revenue in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

Additionally, as part of the Bancorp’s overall risk management strategy with respect to minimizing significant fluctuations in earnings and cash flows caused by interest rate and prepayment volatility, the Bancorp may enter into free-standing derivative instruments (options, swaptions and interest rate swaps). The gains and losses on these derivative contracts are recorded within other noninterest income in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

In conjunction with the sale of the processing business in 2009, the Bancorp received warrants and issued put options, which are accounted for as free-standing derivatives. The put options expired as a result of the Vantiv, Inc. initial public offering in March of 2012. Refer to Note 19 for further discussion of significant inputs and assumptions used in the valuation of the warrants.

In conjunction with the sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares in 2009, the Bancorp entered into a total return swap in which the Bancorp will make or receive payments based on subsequent changes in the conversion rate of the Class B shares into Class A shares. This total return swap is accounted for as a free-standing derivative. See Note 19 for further discussion of significant inputs and assumptions used in the valuation of this instrument.

The net gains (losses) recorded in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income relating to free-standing derivative instruments used for risk management and other business purposes are summarized in the following table:

 

    

Condensed Consolidated

Statements of

Income Caption

   For the three months  
        ended March 31,  

($ in millions)

      2013     2012  

Interest rate contracts:

       

Forward contracts related to mortgage loans held for sale

   Mortgage banking net revenue    $ (3     57   

Interest rate contracts related to MSRs

   Mortgage banking net revenue      (6     4   

Interest rate swaps related to long-term debt

   Other noninterest income      —          1   

Foreign exchange contracts:

       

Foreign exchange contracts for trading purposes

   Other noninterest income      2        —     

Equity contracts:

       

Stock warrants associated with sale of the processing business

   Other noninterest income      34        45   

Put options associated with sale of the processing business

   Other noninterest income      —          1   

Swap associated with sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares

   Other noninterest income      (7     (19

Free-Standing Derivative Instruments – Customer Accommodation

The majority of the free-standing derivative instruments the Bancorp enters into are for the benefit of its commercial customers. These derivative contracts are not designated against specific assets or liabilities on the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets or to forecasted transactions and, therefore, do not qualify for hedge accounting. These instruments include foreign exchange derivative contracts entered into for the benefit of commercial customers involved in international trade to hedge their exposure to foreign currency fluctuations and commodity contracts to hedge such items as natural gas and various other derivative contracts. The Bancorp may economically hedge significant exposures related to these derivative contracts entered into for the benefit of customers by entering into offsetting contracts with approved, reputable, independent counterparties with substantially matching terms. The Bancorp hedges its interest rate exposure on commercial customer transactions by executing offsetting swap agreements with primary dealers. Revaluation gains and losses on interest rate, foreign exchange, commodity and other commercial customer derivative contracts are recorded as a component of corporate banking revenue in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

The Bancorp enters into risk participation agreements, under which the Bancorp assumes credit exposure relating to certain underlying interest rate derivative contracts. The Bancorp only enters into these risk participation agreements in instances in which the Bancorp has participated in the loan that the underlying interest rate derivative contract was designed to hedge. The Bancorp will make payments under these agreements if a customer defaults on its obligation to perform under the terms of the underlying interest rate derivative contract. As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the total notional amount of the risk participation agreements was $1.2 billion and $1.0 billion, respectively, and the fair value was a liability of $2 million at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, which is included in interest rate contracts for customers. As of March 31, 2013, the risk participation agreements had an average life of 3.6 years.

The Bancorp’s maximum exposure in the risk participation agreements is contingent on the fair value of the underlying interest rate derivative contracts in an asset position at the time of default. The Bancorp monitors the credit risk associated with the underlying customers in the risk participation agreements through the same risk grading system currently utilized for establishing loss reserves in its loan and lease portfolio.

 

82


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

Risk ratings of the notional amount of risk participation agreements under this risk rating system are summarized in the following table:

 

As of ($ in millions)

   March 31,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 

Pass

   $ 1,160         993   

Special mention

     3         —     

Substandard

     13         13   

Doubtful

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,176         1,006   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The net gains (losses) recorded in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income relating to free-standing derivative instruments used for customer accommodation are summarized in the following table:

 

    

Condensed Consolidated

Statements of Income Caption

   For the three months
ended March 31,
 

($ in millions)

      2013     2012  

Interest rate contracts:

       

Interest rate contracts for customers (contract revenue)

   Corporate banking revenue    $ 5        6   

Interest rate contracts for customers (credit losses)

   Other noninterest expense      (1     —     

Interest rate contracts for customers (credit portion of fair value adjustment)

   Other noninterest expense      1        3   

Interest rate lock commitments

   Mortgage banking net revenue      56        50   

Commodity contracts:

       

Commodity contracts for customers (contract revenue)

   Corporate banking revenue      2        2   

Foreign exchange contracts:

       

Foreign exchange contracts - customers (contract revenue)

   Corporate banking revenue      18        15   

Foreign exchange contracts - customers (credit portion of fair value adjustment)

   Other noninterest expense      —          2   

11. Offsetting Derivative and Other Financial Instruments

The Bancorp’s derivative transactions are generally governed by ISDA Master Agreements and similar arrangements, which include provisions governing the setoff of assets and liabilities between the parties. When the Bancorp has more than one outstanding derivative transaction with a single counterparty, the setoff provisions contained within these agreements generally allow the non-defaulting party the right to reduce its liability to the defaulting party by amounts eligible for setoff, including the collateral received as well as eligible offsetting transactions with that counterparty, irrespective of the currency, place of payment, or booking office. The Bancorp’s policy is to present its derivative assets and derivative liabilities on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets on a gross basis, even when provisions allowing for setoff are in place.

Collateral amounts included in the table below consist primarily of cash and highly-rated government-backed securities.

 

     Amount
Recognized in  the
Condensed Consolidated
Balance Sheet(a)
     Gross Amounts Not Offset in the
Condensed Consolidated Balance  Sheet
       

March 31, 2013 ($ in millions)

      Derivatives     Collateral(b)     Net Amount  

Assets

         

Derivatives

   $ 1,586         (262     (743   $ 581   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

     1,586         (262     (743     581   

Liabilities

         

Derivatives

     865         (262     (463     140   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 865         (262     (463   $ 140   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

83


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

     Amount
Recognized in  the
Condensed Consolidated
Balance Sheet(a)
     Gross Amounts Not Offset in the
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet
       

December 31, 2012 ($ in millions)

      Derivatives     Collateral(b)     Net Amount  

Assets

         

Derivatives

   $ 1,735         (291     (794   $ 650   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

     1,735         (291     (794     650   

Liabilities

         

Derivatives

     915         (291     (505     119   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 915         (291     (505   $ 119   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Amount does not include stock warrants associated with sale of the processing business and interest rate lock commitments, because these instruments are not subject to master netting or similar arrangement.
(b) Amount of collateral received as an offset to asset positions or pledged as an offset to liability positions. Collateral values in excess of amounts recognized in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets were excluded from this table.

12. Long-Term Debt

On February 25, 2013, the Bancorp’s banking subsidiary updated and amended its existing global bank note program. The amended global bank note program increased the Bank’s capacity to issue its senior and subordinated unsecured bank notes from $20 billion to $25 billion. Additionally, on February 28, 2013, the Bank issued and sold, under its amended bank notes program, $1.3 billion in aggregate principal amount of unsecured senior bank notes. The bank notes consisted of: $600 million of 1.45% senior fixed rate notes, with a maturity of five years, due on February 28, 2018; $400 million of 0.90% senior fixed rate notes with a maturity of three years, due on February 26, 2016; and $300 million of senior floating rate notes with a maturity of three years, due on February 26, 2016. Interest on the floating rate notes is 3-month LIBOR plus 41 basis points. These bank notes will be redeemable by the Bank, in whole or in part, on or after the date that is 30 days prior to the maturity date at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest through the redemption date.

13. Capital Actions

On November 6, 2012, the Bancorp entered into an accelerated share repurchase transaction with a counterparty pursuant to which the Bancorp purchased 7,710,761 shares, or approximately $125 million, of its outstanding common stock on November 9, 2012. The Bancorp repurchased the shares of its common stock as part of its 100 million share repurchase program announced in August of 2012. As part of this transaction and all subsequent accelerated share repurchases, the Bancorp entered into a forward contract in which the final number of shares to be delivered at settlement of the accelerated share repurchase transaction will be based generally on a discount to the average daily volume-weighted average price of the Bancorp’s common stock during the term of the Repurchase Agreement. The accelerated share repurchase was treated as two separate transactions (i) the acquisition of treasury shares on the acquisition date and (ii) a forward contract indexed to the Bancorp’s stock. At settlement of the forward contract on February 12, 2013, the Bancorp received an additional 657,914 shares which were recorded as an adjustment to the basis in the treasury shares purchased on the acquisition date.

Following the sale of a portion of the Bancorp’s shares of Class A Vantiv, Inc. common stock, the Bancorp entered into an accelerated share repurchase transaction on December 14, 2012 with a counterparty pursuant to which the Bancorp purchased 6,267,410 shares, or approximately $100 million of its outstanding common stock on December 19, 2012. The Bancorp repurchased the shares of its common stock as part of its previously announced 100 million share repurchase program. At settlement of the forward contract on February 27, 2013, the Bancorp received an additional 127,760 shares which were recorded as an adjustment to the basis in the treasury shares purchased on the acquisition date.

On January 28, 2013, the Bancorp entered into an accelerated share repurchase transaction with a counterparty pursuant to which the Bancorp purchased 6,953,028 shares or approximately $125 million of its outstanding common stock on January 31, 2013. The Bancorp repurchased the shares of its common stock as part of its previously announced 100 million share repurchase program. This repurchase transaction concluded the $600 million of common share repurchases not objected to by the FRB in the 2012 CCAR process. At settlement of the forward contract on April 5, 2013, the Bancorp received an additional 849,037 shares which were recorded as an adjustment to the basis in the treasury shares purchased on the acquisition date.

On March 19, 2013, the Bancorp’s Board of Directors authorized the Bancorp to repurchase up to 100 million shares of its outstanding common stock in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions, and to utilize any derivative or similar instrument to effect share repurchase transactions (including without limitation, accelerated share repurchase contracts, equity forward transactions, equity option transactions, equity swap transactions, cap transactions, collar transactions, floor transactions or other similar transactions or any combination of the foregoing transactions). This share repurchase authorization replaces the Board’s previous authorization from August of 2012.

 

84


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

14. Commitments, Contingent Liabilities and Guarantees

The Bancorp, in the normal course of business, enters into financial instruments and various agreements to meet the financing needs of its customers. The Bancorp also enters into certain transactions and agreements to manage its interest rate and prepayment risks, provide funding, equipment and locations for its operations and invest in its communities. These instruments and agreements involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk, counterparty risk and market risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. The creditworthiness of counterparties for all instruments and agreements is evaluated on a case-by-case basis in accordance with the Bancorp’s credit policies. The Bancorp’s significant commitments, contingent liabilities and guarantees in excess of the amounts recognized in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets are discussed in further detail below:

Commitments

The Bancorp has certain commitments to make future payments under contracts. The following table reflects a summary of significant commitments as of:

 

($ in millions)

   March 31,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 

Commitments to extend credit

   $ 53,832         53,403   

Forward contracts to sell mortgage loans

     7,752         5,322   

Letters of credit

     4,191         4,281   

Noncancelable lease obligations

     768         769   

Capital commitments for private equity investments

     114         121   

Purchase obligations

     82         87   

Capital expenditures

     31         29   

Capital lease obligations

     22         24   

Commitments to extend credit

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend, typically having fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses that may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments to extend credit may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash flow requirements. The Bancorp is exposed to credit risk in the event of nonperformance by the counterparty for the amount of the contract. Fixed-rate commitments are also subject to market risk resulting from fluctuations in interest rates and the Bancorp’s exposure is limited to the replacement value of those commitments. As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Bancorp had a reserve for unfunded commitments totaling $168 million and $179 million, respectively, included in other liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Bancorp monitors the credit risk associated with commitments to extend credit using the same risk rating system utilized within its loan and lease portfolio.

Risk ratings under this risk rating system are summarized in the following table:

 

($ in millions)

   March 31,
2013
     December 31
2012
 

Pass

   $ 53,314         52,812   

Special mention

     337         370   

Substandard

     178         221   

Doubtful

     3         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 53,832         53,403   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Forward contracts to sell mortgage loans

The Bancorp enters into forward contracts to economically hedge the change in fair value of certain residential mortgage loans held for sale due to changes in interest rates. The outstanding notional amounts of these forward contracts are included in the summary of significant commitments table above for all periods presented.

Letters of credit

Standby and commercial letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party and, as of March 31, 2013, expire as summarized in the following table:

 

($ in millions)

      

Less than 1 year(a)

   $ 1,798   

1 - 5 years(a)

     2,336   

Over 5 years

     57   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,191   
  

 

 

 

 

(a) Includes $91 and $5 issued on behalf of commercial customers to facilitate trade payments in U.S. dollars and foreign currencies which expire less than one year and between one and five years, respectively.

Standby letters of credit accounted for 98% of total letters of credit at March 31, 2013 compared to 99% at December 31, 2012 and are considered guarantees in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Approximately 49% of the total standby letters of credit were fully secured as of

 

85


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. In the event of nonperformance by the customers, the Bancorp has rights to the underlying collateral, which can include commercial real estate, physical plant and property, inventory, receivables, cash and marketable securities. The reserve related to these standby letters of credit, which was included in other liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, was $2 million at March 31, 2013 and $4 million at December 31, 2012. The Bancorp monitors the credit risk associated with letters of credit using the same risk rating system utilized within its loan and lease portfolio.

Risk ratings under this risk rating system are summarized in the following table:

 

($ in millions)

   March 31,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 

Pass

   $ 3,705         3,902   

Special mention

     188         129   

Substandard

     271         223   

Doubtful

     27         27   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,191         4,281   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Bancorp had outstanding letters of credit that were supporting certain securities issued as VRDNs. The Bancorp facilitates financing for its commercial customers, which consist of companies and municipalities, by marketing the VRDNs to investors. The VRDNs pay interest to holders at a rate of interest that fluctuates based upon market demand. The VRDNs generally have long-term maturity dates, but can be tendered by the holder for purchase at par value upon proper advance notice. When the VRDNs are tendered, a remarketing agent generally finds another investor to purchase the VRDNs to keep the securities outstanding in the market. As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, FTS acted as the remarketing agent to issuers on $2.4 billion and $2.5 billion, respectively, of VRDNs. As remarketing agent, FTS is responsible for finding purchasers for VRDNs that are put by investors. The Bancorp issues letters of credit, as a credit enhancement, to the VRDNs remarketed by FTS, in addition to $343 million and $345 million in VRDNs remarketed by third parties at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. These letters of credit are included in the total letters of credit balance provided in the previous table.

Noncancelable lease obligations and other commitments

The Bancorp’s subsidiaries have entered into a number of noncancelable lease agreements. The minimum rental commitments under noncancelable lease agreements are shown in the summary of significant commitments table. The Bancorp has also entered into a limited number of agreements for work related to banking center construction and to purchase goods or services.

Contingent Liabilities

Private mortgage reinsurance

For certain mortgage loans originated by the Bancorp, borrowers may be required to obtain PMI provided by third-party insurers. In some instances, these insurers cede a portion of the PMI premiums to the Bancorp, and the Bancorp provides reinsurance coverage within a specified range of the total PMI coverage. The Bancorp’s reinsurance coverage typically ranges from 5% to 10% of the total PMI coverage. The Bancorp’s maximum exposure in the event of nonperformance by the underlying borrowers is equivalent to the Bancorp’s total outstanding reinsurance coverage, which was $56 million at March 31, 2013 and $58 million at December 31, 2012. As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Bancorp maintained a reserve of $16 million and $18 million, respectively, related to exposures within the reinsurance portfolio which was included in other liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. During 2009, the Bancorp suspended the practice of providing reinsurance of private mortgage insurance for newly originated mortgage loans.

Legal claims

There are legal claims pending against the Bancorp and its subsidiaries that have arisen in the normal course of business. See Note 15 for additional information regarding these proceedings.

Guarantees

The Bancorp has performance obligations upon the occurrence of certain events under financial guarantees provided in certain contractual arrangements as discussed in the following sections.

Residential mortgage loans sold with representation and warranty provisions

Conforming residential mortgage loans sold to unrelated third parties are generally sold with representation and warranty provisions. A contractual liability arises only in the event of a breach of these representations and warranties and, in general, only when a loss results from the breach. The Bancorp may be required to repurchase any previously sold loan or indemnify (make whole) the investor or insurer for which the representation or warranty of the Bancorp proves to be inaccurate, incomplete or misleading.

The Bancorp establishes a residential mortgage repurchase reserve related to various representations and warranties that reflects management’s estimate of losses based on a combination of factors. The Bancorp’s estimation process requires management to make subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain, such as, future demand expectations, economic factors and the specific characteristics of the loans subject to repurchase. Such factors incorporate historical investor audit and repurchase demand rates, appeals success rates, historical loss severity, and any additional information obtained from the GSEs regarding future mortgage repurchase and file request criteria. At the time of a loan sale, the Bancorp records a representation and warranty reserve at the estimated fair value of the

 

86


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

Bancorp’s guarantee and continually updates the reserve during the life of the loan as losses in excess of the reserve become probable and reasonably estimable. The provision for the estimated fair value of the representation and warranty guarantee arising from the loan sales is recorded as an adjustment to the gain on sale, which is included in noninterest income at the time of sale. Updates to the reserve are recorded in other noninterest expense.

The Bancorp maintained reserves related to these loans sold with representation and warranty provisions, which were included in other liabilities on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, totaling $112 million and $110 million as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

The Bancorp uses the best information available to it in estimating its mortgage representation and warranty reserve, however, the estimation process is inherently uncertain and imprecise and, accordingly, losses in excess of the amounts accrued as of March 31, 2013, are reasonably possible. The Bancorp currently estimates that it is reasonably possible that it could incur losses related to mortgage representation and warranty provisions in an amount up to approximately $89 million in excess of amounts reserved. This estimate was derived by modifying the key assumptions discussed above to reflect management’s judgment regarding reasonably possible adverse changes to those assumptions. The actual repurchase losses could vary significantly from the recorded mortgage representation and warranty reserve or this estimate of reasonably possibly losses, depending on the outcome of various factors, including those noted above.

The following table summarizes activity in the reserve for representation and warranty provisions:

 

     For the three months
ended March 31,
 

($ in millions)

   2013     2012  

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 110        55   

Net additions to the reserve

     19        14   

Losses charged against the reserve

     (17     (14
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 112        55   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table provides a rollforward of unresolved demands by claimant type for the three months ended March 31, 2013:

 

     GSE     Private Label  

($ in millions)

   Units     Dollars     Units     Dollars  

Balance, beginning of period

     294      $ 48        124      $ 19   

New demands

     458        66        76        1   

Loan paydowns/payoffs

     (5     (1     (4     (1

Resolved demands

     (484     (71     (163     (14
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

     263      $ 42        33      $ 5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table provides a rollforward of unresolved demands by claimant type for the three months ended March 31, 2012:

 

     GSE     Private Label  

($ in millions)

   Units     Dollars     Units     Dollars  

Balance, beginning of period

     328      $ 47        109      $ 19   

New demands

     773        93        61        1   

Loan paydowns/payoffs

     (15     (2     —          —     

Resolved demands

     (672     (78     (58     (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

     414      $ 60        112      $ 18   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Residential mortgage loans sold with credit recourse

The Bancorp sold certain residential mortgage loans in the secondary market with credit recourse. In the event of any customer default, pursuant to the credit recourse provided, the Bancorp is required to reimburse the third party. The maximum amount of credit risk in the event of nonperformance by the underlying borrowers is equivalent to the total outstanding balance. In the event of nonperformance, the Bancorp has rights to the underlying collateral value securing the loan. The outstanding balances on these loans sold with credit recourse were $630 million and $662 million at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, and the delinquency rates were 5.2% and 5.9% at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The Bancorp maintained an estimated credit loss reserve on these loans sold with credit recourse of $21 million and $20 million at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, recorded in other liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. To determine the credit loss reserve, the Bancorp used an approach that is consistent with its overall approach in estimating credit losses for various categories of residential mortgage loans held in its loan portfolio.

Margin accounts

FTS, a subsidiary of the Bancorp, guarantees the collection of all margin account balances held by its brokerage clearing agent for the benefit of its customers. FTS is responsible for payment to its brokerage clearing agent for any loss, liability, damage, cost or expense incurred as a result of customers failing to comply with margin or margin maintenance calls on all margin accounts. The margin account balance held by

 

87


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

the brokerage clearing agent was $12 million and $17 million at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. In the event of any customer default, FTS has rights to the underlying collateral provided. Given the existence of the underlying collateral provided and negligible historical credit losses, the Bancorp does not maintain a loss reserve related to the margin accounts.

Long-term borrowing obligations

The Bancorp had fully and unconditionally guaranteed certain long-term borrowing obligations issued by wholly-owned issuing trust entities of $800 million at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

Visa litigation

The Bancorp, as a member bank of Visa prior to Visa’s reorganization and IPO (the “IPO”) of its Class A common shares in 2008, had certain indemnification obligations pursuant to Visa’s certificate of incorporation and by-laws and in accordance with their membership agreements. In accordance with Visa’s by-laws prior to the IPO, the Bancorp could have been required to indemnify Visa for the Bancorp’s proportional share of losses based on the pre-IPO membership interests. As part of its reorganization and IPO, the Bancorp’s indemnification obligation was modified to include only certain known litigation (the “Covered Litigation”) as of the date of the restructuring. This modification triggered a requirement to recognize a $3 million liability for the year ended December 31, 2007 equal to the fair value of the indemnification obligation. Additionally during 2007, the Bancorp recorded $169 million for its share of litigation formally settled by Visa and for probable future litigation settlements. In conjunction with the IPO, the Bancorp received 10.1 million of Visa’s Class B shares based on the Bancorp’s membership percentage in Visa prior to the IPO. The Class B shares are not transferable (other than to another member bank) until the later of the third anniversary of the IPO closing or the date which the Covered Litigation has been resolved; therefore, the Bancorp’s Class B shares were classified in other assets and accounted for at their carryover basis of $0. Visa deposited $3 billion of the proceeds from the IPO into a litigation escrow account, established for the purpose of funding judgments in, or settlements of, the Covered Litigation. If Visa’s litigation committee determines that the escrow account is insufficient, then Visa will issue additional Class A shares and deposit the proceeds from the sale of the shares into the litigation escrow account. When Visa funds the litigation escrow account, the Class B shares are subject to dilution through an adjustment in the conversion rate of Class B shares into Class A shares. During 2008, the Bancorp recorded additional reserves of $71 million for probable future settlements related to the Covered Litigation and recorded its proportional share of $169 million of the Visa escrow account net against the Bancorp’s litigation reserve.

During 2009, Visa announced it had deposited an additional $700 million into the litigation escrow account. As a result of this funding, the Bancorp recorded its proportional share of $29 million of these additional funds as a reduction to its net Visa litigation reserve liability and a reduction to noninterest expense. Later in 2009, the Bancorp completed the sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares for proceeds of $300 million. As part of this transaction the Bancorp entered into a total return swap in which the Bancorp will make or receive payments based on subsequent changes in the conversion rate of the Class B shares into Class A shares. The swap terminates on the later of the third anniversary of Visa’s IPO or the date on which the Covered Litigation is settled. The Bancorp calculates the fair value of the swap based on its estimate of the probability and timing of certain Covered Litigation settlement scenarios and the resulting payments related to the swap. The counterparty to the swap as a result of its ownership of the Class B shares will be impacted by dilutive adjustments to the conversion rate of the Class B shares into Class A shares caused by any Covered Litigation losses in excess of the litigation escrow account. If actual judgments in, or settlements of, the Covered Litigation significantly exceed current expectations, then additional funding by Visa of the litigation escrow account and the resulting dilution of the Class B shares could result in a scenario where the Bancorp’s ultimate exposure associated with the Covered Litigation (the “Visa Litigation Exposure”) exceeds the value of the Class B shares owned by the swap counterparty (the “Class B Value”). In the event the Bancorp concludes that it is probable that the Visa Litigation Exposure exceeds the Class B Value, the Bancorp would record a litigation reserve liability and a corresponding amount of other noninterest expense for the amount of the excess. Any such litigation reserve liability would be separate and distinct from the fair value derivative liability associated with the total return swap.

As of the date of the Bancorp’s sale of Visa Class B shares and through March 31, 2013, the Bancorp has concluded that it is not probable that the Visa Litigation Exposure will exceed the Class B value. Based on this determination, upon the sale of Class B shares, the Bancorp reversed its net Visa litigation reserve liability and recognized a free-standing derivative liability associated with the total return swap with an initial fair value of $55 million. The sale of the Class B shares, recognition of the derivative liability and reversal of the net litigation reserve liability resulted in a pre-tax benefit of $288 million ($187 million after-tax) recognized by the Bancorp for the year ended December 31, 2009. In the second and fourth quarters of 2010, Visa funded an additional $500 million and $800 million, respectively, into the litigation escrow account which resulted in further dilution in the conversion of Class B shares into Class A shares and required the Bancorp to make cash payments of $20 million and $35 million, respectively, (each of which reduced the swap liability) to the swap counterparty. In the second quarter of 2011, Visa funded an additional $400 million in to the litigation escrow account. Upon Visa’s funding of the litigation escrow account in the second quarter of 2011, along with additional terms of the total return swap, the Bancorp made a $19 million cash payment (which reduced the swap liability) to the swap counterparty. During the fourth quarter of 2011, Visa announced it decided to fund an additional $1.565 billion into the litigation escrow account which increased the swap liability approximately $54 million. Upon Visa’s funding of the litigation escrow account in the first quarter of 2012, along with additional terms of the total return swap, the Bancorp made a $75 million cash payment (which reduced the swap liability) to the swap counterparty. On July 24, 2012, Visa funded an additional $150 million into the litigation escrow account which resulted in further dilution in the conversion of Class B shares into Class A shares and required the Bancorp to make a $6 million cash payment (which reduced the swap liability) to the swap counterparty during the quarter ended September 30, 2012. The fair value of the swap liability was $37 million and $33 million at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. Refer to Note 15 for further information.

 

88


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

15. Legal and Regulatory Proceedings

During April 2006, the Bancorp was added as a defendant in a consolidated antitrust class action lawsuit originally filed against Visa®, MasterCard® and several other major financial institutions in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York. The plaintiffs, merchants operating commercial businesses throughout the U.S. and trade associations, claim that the interchange fees charged by card-issuing banks are unreasonable and seek injunctive relief and unspecified damages. In addition to being a named defendant, the Bancorp is also subject to a possible indemnification obligation of Visa as discussed in Note 14 and has also entered into judgment and loss sharing agreements with Visa, MasterCard and certain other named defendants. On October 19, 2012, the parties to the litigation entered into a settlement agreement. The court entered a Class Settlement Preliminary Approval Order on November 27, 2012. Pursuant to the terms of the settlement agreement, the Bancorp paid $46 million into a class settlement escrow account. Previously, the Bancorp paid an additional $4 million in another settlement escrow in connection with the settlement of claims from plaintiffs not included in the class action. The Bancorp had no remaining reserves as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. Refer to Note 14 for further information.

In September 2007, Ronald A. Katz Technology Licensing, L.P. (Katz) filed a suit in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Ohio against the Bancorp and its Ohio banking subsidiary. In the suit, Katz alleges that the Bancorp and its Ohio bank are infringing on Katz’s patents for interactive call processing technology by offering certain automated telephone banking and other services. This lawsuit is one of many related patent infringement suits brought by Katz in various courts against numerous other defendants. Katz is seeking unspecified monetary damages and penalties as well as injunctive relief in the suit. Management believes there are substantial defenses to these claims and intends to defend them vigorously. The impact of the final disposition of this lawsuit cannot be assessed at this time.

For the year ended December 31, 2008, five putative securities class action complaints were filed against the Bancorp and its Chief Executive Officer, among other parties. The five cases have been consolidated under the caption Local 295/Local 851 IBT Employer Group Pension Trust and Welfare Fund v. Fifth Third Bancorp. et al., Case No. 1:08CV00421, and are currently pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Ohio. On December 18, 2012, the Bancorp entered into a settlement agreement to resolve these cases. The settlement is subject to court approval, which process is ongoing. Under the terms of the settlement, the Bancorp and its insurer will pay a total of $16 million to a fund to settle all the claims of the class members. In the settlement the Bancorp has denied any liability and has agreed to the settlement in order to avoid potential future litigation costs and uncertainty. The Bancorp does not consider the impact of the settlement to be material to its financial condition or results of operations. In addition to the foregoing, two cases were filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Ohio against the Bancorp and certain officers alleging violations of ERISA based on allegations similar to those set forth in the securities class action cases filed during the same period of time. The two cases alleging violations of ERISA were dismissed by the trial court, but the Sixth Circuit Court of Appeals recently reversed the trial court decision. The Bancorp petitioned the Supreme Court to review and reverse the Sixth Circuit decision and sought a stay of proceedings in the trial court pending appeal. On March 25, 2013, the Supreme Court issued an order directing the Solicitor General to file a brief stating the view of the United State on the issues raised in the Fifth Third’s petition. The motion to stay remains pending. The impact of the final disposition of the ERISA lawsuits cannot be assessed at this time.

The Bancorp and its subsidiaries are not parties to any other material litigation. However, there are other litigation matters that arise in the normal course of business. While it is impossible to ascertain the ultimate resolution or range of financial liability with respect to these contingent matters, management believes any resulting liability from these other actions would not have a material effect upon the Bancorp’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

The Bancorp and/or its affiliates are involved in information-gathering requests, reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by various governmental regulatory agencies and law enforcement authorities, as well as self-regulatory bodies regarding their respective businesses. Additional matters will arise from time to time. Any of these matters may result in material adverse consequences to the Bancorp, its affiliates and/or their respective officers and other personnel, including adverse judgments, findings, settlements, fines, penalties, orders, injunctions or other actions, amendments and/or restatements of the Bancorp’s SEC filings and/or financial statements, as applicable, and/or determinations of material weaknesses in our disclosure controls and procedures. Investigations by regulatory authorities may from time to time result in civil or criminal referrals to law enforcement authorities such as the Department of Justice or a United States Attorney. Among other matters, the SEC is investigating and has made several requests for information, including by subpoena and interviews of certain of our current and former officers, including our senior officers, and employees and others, relating to historical accounting and reporting with respect to certain commercial loans that were sold or reclassified as held-for-sale in the fourth quarter of 2008. This could lead to enforcement proceedings by the SEC which, in turn, may result in one or more such material adverse consequences.

The Bancorp is party to numerous claims and lawsuits concerning matters arising from the conduct of its business activities. The outcome of litigation and the timing of ultimate resolution are inherently difficult to predict. The following factors, among others, contribute to this lack of predictability: plaintiff claims often include significant legal uncertainties, damages alleged by plaintiffs are often unspecified or overstated, discovery may not have started or may not be complete and material facts may be disputed or unsubstantiated. As a result of these factors, the Bancorp is not always able to provide an estimate of the range of reasonably possible outcomes for each claim. A reserve for a potential litigation loss is established when information related to the loss contingency indicates both that a loss is probable and that the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. Any such reserve is adjusted from time to time thereafter as appropriate to reflect changes in circumstances. The Bancorp also determines, when possible (due to the uncertainties described above), estimates of reasonably possible losses or ranges of reasonably possible losses, in excess of amounts reserved. Under U.S. GAAP, an event is “reasonably possible” if “the chance of the future event or events occurring is more than remote but less than likely” and an event is “remote” if “the chance of the future

 

89


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

event or events occurring is slight.” Thus, references to the upper end of the range of reasonably possible loss for cases in which the Bancorp is able to estimate a range of reasonably possible loss mean the upper end of the range of loss for cases for which the Bancorp believes the risk of loss is more than slight. For matters where the Bancorp is able to estimate such possible losses or ranges of possible losses, the Bancorp currently estimates that it is reasonably possible that it could incur losses related to legal proceedings including the matters discussed above in an aggregate amount up to approximately $73 million in excess of amounts reserved, with it also being reasonably possible that no losses will be incurred in these matters. The estimates included in this amount are based on the Bancorp’s analysis of currently available information, and as new information is obtained the Bancorp may change its estimates.

For these matters and others where an unfavorable outcome is reasonably possible but not probable, there may be a range of possible losses in excess of the established reserve that cannot be estimated. Based on information currently available, advice of counsel, available insurance coverage and established reserves, the Bancorp believes that the eventual outcome of the actions against the Bancorp and/or its subsidiaries, including the matters described above, will not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Bancorp’s consolidated financial position. However, in the event of unexpected future developments, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of those matters, if unfavorable, may be material to the Bancorp’s results of operations for any particular period, depending, in part, upon the size of the loss or liability imposed and the operating results for the applicable period.

16. Income Taxes

The Bancorp’s provision for income taxes was $179 million and $173 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The effective tax rates for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 were 30.4% and 28.6%, respectively. The increase in the effective tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the same period in the prior year was primarily due to a non-cash charge related to previously recognized tax benefits associated with stock-based awards that were not realized.

The balance of unrecognized tax benefits as of March 31, 2013 was $17 million which relates largely to state income tax exposures from taking tax positions where the Bancorp believes it is likely that, upon examination, a state will take a position contrary to the position taken by the Bancorp. It is reasonably possible that the Bancorp’s unrecognized tax benefits could decrease by as much as $11 million within the next 12 months.

 

90


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

17. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

The activity of the components of other comprehensive income and accumulated other comprehensive income for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 was as follows:

 

      Total Other
Comprehensive Income
    Total Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income
 

($ in millions)

   Pretax
Activity
    Tax
Effect
    Net
Activity
    Beginning
Balance
    Net
Activity
    Ending
Balance
 

2013

            

Unrealized holding losses on available-for-sale securities arising during period

   $ (56     20        (36      

Reclassification adjustment for net losses included in net income

     7        (2     5         
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

Net unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities

     (49     18        (31     412        (31     381   

Unrealized holding gains on cash flow hedge derivatives arising during period

     1        —         1         

Reclassification adjustment for net gains on cash flow hedge derivatives included in net income

     (21     7        (14      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

Net unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivatives

     (20     7        (13     50        (13     37   

Defined benefit plans:

            

Net actuarial loss

     3        (1     2         
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

Defined benefit plans, net

     3        (1     2        (87     2        (85
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (66     24        (42     375        (42     333   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
      Total Other
Comprehensive Income
    Total Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income
 

($ in millions)

   Pretax
Activity
    Tax
Effect
    Net
Activity
    Beginning
Balance
    Net
Activity
    Ending
Balance
 

2012

            

Unrealized holding gains on available-for-sale securities arising during period

   $ 10        (3     7         

Reclassification adjustment for net gains included in net income

     (7     2        (5      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

Net unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities

     3        (1     2        485        2        487   

Unrealized holding gains on cash flow hedge derivatives arising during period

     9        (3     6         

Reclassification adjustment for net gains on cash flow hedge derivatives included in net income

     (20     7        (13      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

Net unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivatives

     (11     4        (7     80        (7     73   

Defined benefit plans:

            

Net actuarial loss

     4        (1     3         
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

Defined benefit plans, net

     4        (1     3        (95     3        (92
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (4     2        (2     470        (2     468   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

91


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

The table below presents reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income for the three months ended March 31, 2013:

 

Components of AOCI: ($ in millions)

   Amount Reclassified
from AOCI
   

Affected Line Item in the Condensed

Consolidated Statements of Income

Net unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities

    

Net losses included in net income

   $ (7   Securities gains, net
  

 

 

   
     (7   Income before income taxes
     2      Applicable income tax expense
  

 

 

   
     (5   Net income
  

 

 

   

Net unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivatives

    

Interest rate contracts related to C&I loans

     22      Interest and fees on loans and leases

Interest rate contracts related to long-term debt

     (1   Interest on long-term debt
  

 

 

   
     21      Income before income taxes
     (7   Applicable income tax expense
  

 

 

   
     14      Net income
  

 

 

   

Amortization of defined benefit pension items

    

Net actuarial loss

     (3   (a)
  

 

 

   
     (3   Income before income taxes
     1      Applicable income tax expense
  

 

 

   
     (2   Net income
  

 

 

   

Total reclassifications for the period

   $ 7      Net income
  

 

 

   

 

(a) This AOCI component is included in the computation of net periodic benefit cost. Refer to Note 20 in the Bancorp’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 for information on the computation of net periodic benefit cost.

 

92


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

18. Earnings Per Share

The calculation of earnings per share and the reconciliation of earnings per share and earnings per diluted share were as follows:

 

     2013     2012  

For the three months ended March 31,

(in millions, except per share data)

   Income      Average
Shares
     Per Share
Amount
    Income      Average
Shares
     Per Share
Amount
 

Earnings per share:

                

Net income attributable to Bancorp

   $ 422              430         

Dividends on preferred stock

     9              9         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders

     413              421         

Less: Income allocated to participating securities

     3              2         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income allocated to common shareholders

   $ 410         871         0.47        419         915         0.46   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per diluted share:

                

Net income available to common shareholders

   $ 413              421         

Effect of dilutive securities:

                

Stock-based awards

     —           6         —          —           6         —     

Series G convertible preferred stock

     9         36         (0.01     9         36         (0.01
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders plus assumed conversions

     422              430         

Less: Income allocated to participating securities

     3              2         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income allocated to common shareholders plus assumed conversions

   $ 419         913         0.46        428         957         0.45   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Shares are excluded from the computation of net income per diluted share when their inclusion has an anti-dilutive effect on earnings per share. The diluted earnings per share computation for the three months ended March 31, 2013 excludes 27 million of stock appreciation rights and 3 million of stock options. The diluted earnings per share computation for the three months ended March 31, 2012 excludes 30 million of stock appreciation rights and 7 million of stock options.

The diluted earnings per share computation for the three months ended March 31, 2013 excludes the impact of the forward contract related to the January 28, 2013 accelerated share repurchase transaction. Based upon the average daily volume-weighted average price of the Bancorp’s common stock during the first quarter of 2013, the counterparty to the transaction would have been required to deliver approximately 1 million shares as of March 31, 2013, and thus the impact of the accelerated share repurchase transaction would have been anti-dilutive to earnings per share.

 

93


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

19. Fair Value Measurements

The Bancorp measures certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. U.S. GAAP also establishes a fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). A financial instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the instrument’s fair value measurement. The three levels within the fair value hierarchy are described as follows:

Level 1 – Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Bancorp has the ability to access at the measurement date.

Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs include: quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability; and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.

Level 3 – Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability for which there is little, if any, market activity at the measurement date. Unobservable inputs reflect the Bancorp’s own assumptions about what market participants would use to price the asset or liability. The inputs are developed based on the best information available in the circumstances, which might include the Bancorp’s own financial data such as internally developed pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, as well as instruments for which the fair value determination requires significant management judgment.

 

94


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The following tables summarize assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, including residential mortgage loans held for sale for which the Bancorp has elected the fair value option as of:

 

      Fair Value Measurements Using         

March 31, 2013 ($ in millions)

   Level 1(c)      Level 2(c)      Level 3      Total Fair Value  

Assets:

           

Available-for-sale securities:

           

U.S. Treasury and government agencies

   $ 41         —           —           41   

U.S. Government sponsored agencies

     —           1,899         —           1,899   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     —           212         —           212   

Agency mortgage-backed securities

     —           8,844         —           8,844   

Other bonds, notes and debentures

     —           3,201         —           3,201   

Other securities(a)

     93         129         —           222   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Available-for-sale securities(a)

     134         14,285         —           14,419   

Trading securities:

           

U.S. Government sponsored agencies

     —           11         —           11   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     —           24         1         25   

Agency mortgage-backed securities

     —           4         —           4   

Other bonds, notes and debentures

     —           9         —           9   

Other securities

     169         —           —           169   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trading securities

     169         48         1         218   

Residential mortgage loans held for sale

     —           2,560         —           2,560   

Residential mortgage loans(b)

     —           —           81         81   

Derivative assets:

           

Interest rate contracts

     8         1,271         51         1,330   

Foreign exchange contracts

     —           233         —           233   

Equity contracts

     —           —           211         211   

Commodity contracts

     —           74         —           74   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivative assets

     8         1,578         262         1,848   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 311         18,471         344         19,126   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Derivative liabilities:

           

Interest rate contracts

   $ 22         536         3         561   

Foreign exchange contracts

     —           198         —           198   

Equity contracts

     —           —           37         37   

Commodity contracts

     —           70         —           70   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivative liabilities

     22         804         40         866   

Short positions

     6         —           —           6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 28         804         40         872   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

95


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

     Fair Value Measurements Using         

December 31, 2012 ($ in millions)

   Level 1(c)      Level 2(c)      Level 3      Total Fair Value  

Assets:

           

Available-for-sale securities:

           

U.S. Treasury and Government agencies

   $ 41         —           —           41   

U.S. Government sponsored agencies

     —           1,911         —           1,911   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     —           212         —           212   

Agency mortgage-backed securities

     —           8,730         —           8,730   

Other bonds, notes and debentures

     —           3,277         —           3,277   

Other securities(a)

     79         113         —           192   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Available-for-sale securities(a)

     120         14,243         —           14,363   

Trading securities:

           

U.S. Treasury and Government agencies

     1         —           —           1   

U.S. Government sponsored agencies

     —           6         —           6   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     —           16         1         17   

Agency mortgage-backed securities

     —           7         —           7   

Other bonds, notes and debentures

     —           15         —           15   

Other securities

     161         —           —           161   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trading securities

     162         44         1         207   

Residential mortgage loans held for sale

     —           2,856         —           2,856   

Residential mortgage loans(b)

     —           —           76         76   

Derivative assets:

           

Interest rate contracts

     2         1,445         60         1,507   

Foreign exchange contracts

     —           201         —           201   

Equity contracts

     —           —           177         177   

Commodity contracts

     —           87         —           87   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivative assets

     2         1,733         237         1,972   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 284         18,876         314         19,474   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Derivative liabilities:

           

Interest rate contracts

   $ 14         600         3         617   

Foreign exchange contracts

     —           183         —           183   

Equity contracts

     —           —           33         33   

Commodity contracts

     —           82         —           82   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivative liabilities

     14         865         36         915   

Short positions

     8         2         —           10   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 22         867         36         925   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Excludes FHLB and FRB restricted stock totaling $497 and $347, respectively, at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.
(b) Includes residential mortgage loans originated as held for sale and subsequently transferred to held for investment.
(c) During the three months ended March 31, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012, no assets or liabilities were transferred between Level 1 and Level 2.

The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for significant instruments measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy.

Available-for-sale and trading securities

Where quoted prices are available in an active market, securities are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Level 1 securities include government bonds and exchange traded equities. If quoted market prices are not available, then fair values are estimated using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics, or discounted cash flows. Examples of such instruments, which are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy, include agency and non-agency mortgage-backed securities, other asset-backed securities, obligations of U.S. Government sponsored agencies, and corporate and municipal bonds. Corporate bonds are included in other bonds, notes and debentures in the previous table. Agency mortgage-backed securities, obligations of U.S. Government sponsored agencies, and corporate and municipal bonds are generally valued using a market approach based on observable prices of securities with similar characteristics.

Non-agency mortgage-backed securities and other asset-backed securities, which are included in other bonds, notes and debentures, are generally valued using an income approach based on discounted cash flows, incorporating prepayment speeds, performance of underlying collateral and specific tranche-level attributes. In certain cases where there is limited activity or less transparency around inputs to the valuation, securities are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy.

 

96


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

Residential mortgage loans held for sale

For residential mortgage loans held for sale, fair value is estimated based upon mortgage-backed securities prices and spreads to those prices or, for certain ARM loans, DCF models that may incorporate the anticipated portfolio composition, credit spreads of asset-backed securities with similar collateral and market conditions. The anticipated portfolio composition includes the effect of interest rate spreads and discount rates due to loan characteristics such as the state in which the loan was originated, the loan amount and the ARM margin. Residential mortgage loans held for sale that are valued based on mortgage backed securities prices are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy as the valuation is based on external pricing for similar instruments. ARM loans classified as held for sale are also classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy due to the use of observable inputs in the DCF model. These observable inputs include interest rate spreads from agency mortgage-backed securities market rates and observable discount rates.

Residential mortgage loans

Residential mortgage loans held for sale that are reclassified to held for investment are transferred from Level 2 to Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. It is the Bancorp’s policy to value any transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy based on end of period fair values.

For residential mortgage loans reclassified from held for sale to held for investment, the fair value estimation is based on mortgage-backed securities prices, interest rate risk and an internally developed credit component. Therefore, these loans are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. An adverse change in the loss rate or severity assumption would result in a decrease in fair value of the related loan. The Secondary Marketing Department, which reports to the Bancorp’s Chief Operating Officer, in conjunction with the Consumer Credit Risk Department, which reports to the Bancorp’s Chief Risk Officer, are responsible for determining the valuation methodology for residential mortgage loans held for investment. The Secondary Marketing Department reviews loss severity assumptions quarterly to determine if adjustments are necessary based on decreases in observable housing market data. This group also reviews trades in comparable benchmark securities and adjusts the values of loans as necessary. Consumer Credit Risk is responsible for the credit component of the fair value which is based on internally developed loss rate models that take into account historical loss rates and loss severities based on underlying collateral values.

Derivatives

Exchange-traded derivatives valued using quoted prices and certain over-the-counter derivatives valued using active bids are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Most of the Bancorp’s derivative contracts are valued using discounted cash flow or other models that incorporate current market interest rates, credit spreads assigned to the derivative counterparties and other market parameters and, therefore, are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. Such derivatives include basic and structured interest rate swaps and options. Derivatives that are valued based upon models with significant unobservable market parameters are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. At March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, derivatives classified as Level 3, which are valued using models containing unobservable inputs, consisted primarily of warrants associated with the sale of the processing business to Advent International and a total return swap associated with the Bancorp’s sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares. Level 3 derivatives also include interest rate lock commitments, which utilize internally generated loan closing rate assumptions as a significant unobservable input in the valuation process.

The warrants allow the Bancorp to purchase approximately 20 million incremental nonvoting units in Vantiv Holding, LLC under certain defined conditions involving change of control. The fair value of the warrants is calculated in conjunction with a third party valuation provider by applying Black-Scholes option valuation models using probability weighted scenarios which contain the following inputs: Vantiv, Inc. stock price, strike price per the Warrant Agreement and several unobservable inputs, such as expected term, expected volatility and expected dividend rate.

For the warrants, an increase in the expected term (years), the expected volatility and the risk free rate assumptions would result in an increase in the fair value; correspondingly, a decrease in these assumptions would result in a decrease in the fair value. The Accounting and Treasury Departments, both of which report to the Bancorp’s Chief Financial Officer, determined the valuation methodology for the warrants. Accounting and Treasury review changes in fair value on a quarterly basis for reasonableness based on changes in historical and implied volatilities, expected terms, probability weightings of the related scenarios, and other assumptions.

Under the terms of the total return swap, the Bancorp will make or receive payments based on subsequent changes in the conversion rate of the Visa, Inc. Class B shares into Class A shares. Additionally the Bancorp will make a quarterly payment based on Visa’s stock price and the conversion rate of the Visa, Inc. Class B shares into Class A shares until the date on which the Covered Litigation is settled. The fair value of the total return swap was calculated using a discounted cash flow model based on unobservable inputs consisting of management’s estimate of the probability of certain litigation scenarios, the timing of the resolution of the Covered Litigation and Visa litigation loss estimates in excess, or shortfall, of the Bancorp’s proportional share of escrow funds.

An increase in the loss estimate or a delay in the resolution of the Covered Litigation would result in an increase in fair value; correspondingly, a decrease in the loss estimate or an acceleration of the resolution of the Covered Litigation would result in a decrease in fair value. The Accounting and Treasury Departments determined the valuation methodology for the total return swap. Accounting and Treasury review the changes in fair value on a quarterly basis for reasonableness based on Visa stock price changes, litigation contingencies, and escrow funding.

The net fair value of the interest rate lock commitments at March 31, 2013 was $50 million. Immediate decreases in current interest rates of 25 bps and 50 bps would result in increases in the fair value of the interest rate lock commitments of approximately $37 million and $68 million, respectively. Immediate increases of current interest rates of 25 bps and 50 bps would result in decreases in the fair value of the

 

97


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

interest rate lock commitments of approximately $42 million and $86 million, respectively. The decrease in fair value of interest rate lock commitments due to immediate 10% and 20% adverse changes in the assumed loan closing rates would be approximately $5 million and $10 million, respectively, and the increase in fair value due to immediate 10% and 20% favorable changes in the assumed loan closing rates would be approximately $5 million and $10 million, respectively. These sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution, as changes in fair value based on a variation in assumptions typically cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumptions to the change in fair value may not be linear.

The Secondary Marketing Department and the Consumer Line of Business Finance Department, which reports to the Bancorp’s Chief Financial Officer, are responsible for determining the valuation methodology for IRLCs. Secondary Marketing, in conjunction with a third party valuation provider, periodically review loan closing rate assumptions and recent loan sales to determine if adjustments are needed for current market conditions not reflected in historical data.

The following tables are a reconciliation of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):

 

      Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level  3)  

For the three months ended March 31, 2013

($ in millions)

   Trading
Securities
     Residential
Mortgage
Loans
    Interest Rate
Derivatives,
Net(a)
    Equity
Derivatives,
Net(a)
     Total
Fair Value
 

Beginning balance

   $ 1         76        57        144         278   

Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized):

            

Included in earnings

     —           1        56        27         84   

Settlements

     —           (4     (65     3         (66

Transfers into Level 3(b)

     —           8        —          —           8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 1         81        48        174         304   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The amount of total gains or losses for the period included in earnings attributable to the change in unrealized gains or losses relating to assets still held at March 31, 2013(c)

   $ —           1        51        27         79   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

      Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level  3)  

For the three months ended March 31, 2012

($ in millions)

   Trading
Securities
     Residential
Mortgage
Loans
    Interest Rate
Derivatives,
Net(a)
    Equity
Derivatives,
Net(a)
     Total
Fair Value
 

Beginning balance

   $ 1         65        32        32         130   

Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized):

            

Included in earnings

     —           (1     49        28         76   

Settlements

     —           (3     (64     75         8   

Transfers into Level 3(b)

     —           6        —          —           6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 1         67        17        135         220   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The amount of total gains or losses for the period included in earnings attributable to the change in unrealized gains or losses relating to assets still held at March 31, 2012(c)

   $ —           (1     17        28         44   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Net interest rate derivatives include derivative assets and liabilities of $51 and $3, respectively, as of March 31, 2013 and $21 and $4, respectively, as of March 31, 2012. Net equity derivatives include derivative assets and liabilities of $211 and $37, respectively, as of March 31, 2013, and $159 and $24, respectively, as of March 31, 2012.
(b) Includes residential mortgage loans held for sale that were transferred to held for investment
(c) Includes interest income and expense.

The total gains and losses included in earnings for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) were recorded in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income as follows:

 

     For the three months
ended March 31,
 

($ in millions)

   2013      2012  

Mortgage banking net revenue

   $ 57         49   

Other noninterest income

     27         27   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total gains

   $ 84         76   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

98


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

The total gains and losses included in earnings attributable to changes in unrealized gains and losses related to Level 3 assets and liabilities still held at March 31, 2013 and 2012 were recorded in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income as follows:

 

     For the three months
ended March 31,
 

($ in millions)

   2013      2012  

Mortgage banking net revenue

   $ 52         16   

Other noninterest income

     27         28   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total gains

   $ 79         44   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following tables present information as of March 31, 2013 and 2012 about significant unobservable inputs related to the Bancorp’s material categories of Level 3 financial assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis:

 

As of March 31, 2013 ($ in millions)                              

Financial Instrument

   Fair Value    

Valuation Technique

  

Significant Unobservable Inputs

   Ranges of
Inputs
     Weighted-
Average
 

Residential mortgage loans

   $ 81      Loss rate model    Interest rate risk factor Credit risk factor     
 
(91.0) - 49.0%
0 - 68.4%
  
  
    
 
6.0%
3.4%
  
  
  

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

 

IRLCs, net

     50      Discounted cash flow    Loan closing rates      9.9 - 95.0%         65.8%   
  

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock warrants associated with the sale of the processing business

     211      Black-Scholes option valuation model    Expected term (years) Expected volatility(a) Expected dividend rate     
 
 
2.00 - 16.50  
23.6 - 35.0%
—  
  
  
  
    
 
 
5.1  
28.9%
—  
  
  
  
  

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

 

Swap associated with the sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares

     (37   Discounted cash flow    Timing of the resolution of the Covered Litigation     
 
3/31/2014 -
3/31/2017
  
  
     NM   
  

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

As of March 31, 2012 ($ in millions)                              

Financial Instrument

   Fair Value    

Valuation Technique

  

Significant Unobservable Inputs

   Ranges of
Inputs
     Weighted-
Average
 

Residential mortgage loans

   $ 67      Loss rate model    Interest rate risk factor Credit risk factor     
 
(88.3) - 16.3%
2.3 - 61.1%
  
  
    
 
5.2%
4.5%
  
  
  

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

 

IRLCs, net

     18      Discounted cash flow    Loan closing rates      9.9 - 87.0%         56.5%   
  

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock warrants associated with the sale of the processing business

     157      Black-Scholes option valuation model    Expected term (years) Expected volatility(a) Expected dividend rate     
 
 
2.00 - 17.3  
29.3 - 41.7%
—  
  
  
  
    
 
 
5.1  
35.5%
—  
  
  
  
  

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

 

Swap associated with the sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares

     (22   Discounted cash flow    Timing of the resolution of the Covered Litigation     
 
12/31/2013 -
12/31/16
  
  
     NM   
  

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Based on historical and implied volatilities of comparable companies assuming similar expected terms.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. These assets and liabilities are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis; however, they are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances, such as when there is evidence of impairment.

The following tables represent those assets that were subject to fair value adjustments during the quarters ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 and still held as of the end of the period, and the related losses from fair value adjustments on assets sold during the period as well as assets still held as of the end of the period:

 

      Fair Value Measurements Using             Total Losses  

As of March 31, 2013 ($ in millions)

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total      For the three months
ended March 31,
2013
 

Commercial loans held for sale(a)

   $  —           —           4         4         (4

Commercial and industrial loans

     —           —           20         20         (6

Commercial mortgage loans

     —           —           34         34         (17

Commercial construction loans

     —           —           7         7         —     

Mortgage servicing rights

     —           —           766         766         49   

OREO property

     —           —           120         120         (22
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ —           —           951         951         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

99


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

     Fair Value Measurements Using      Total Losses  
                                

For the three months

ended March 31,

 

As of March 31, 2012 ($ in millions)

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total      2012  

Commercial loans held for sale(a)

   $ —           —           2         2         (1

Commercial and industrial loans

     —           —           69         69         (30

Commercial mortgage loans

     —           —           81         81         (13

Commercial construction loans

     —           —           37         37         (12

Mortgage servicing rights

     —           —           767         767         11   

OREO property

     —           —           120         120         (23
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ —           —           1,076         1,076         (68
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Includes commercial nonaccrual loans held for sale.

The following tables present information as of March 31, 2013 and 2012 about significant unobservable inputs related to the Bancorp’s material categories of Level 3 financial assets and liabilities measured on a nonrecurring basis:

 

As of March 31, 2013 ($ in millions)

                              

Financial Instrument

   Fair Value     

Valuation Technique

  

Significant
Unobservable Inputs

   Ranges of
Inputs
     Weighted-Average  

Commercial loans held for sale

   $ 4       Appraised value   

Appraised value

Cost to sell

    

 

NM

NM

  

  

    

 

NM

10.0%

  

  

  

 

 

          

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial loans

     20       Appraised value   

Default rates

Collateral value

    

 

100%

NM

  

  

    

 

NM

NM

  

  

  

 

 

          

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial mortgage loans

     34       Appraised value   

Default rates

Collateral value

    

 

100%

NM

  

  

    

 

NM

NM

  

  

  

 

 

          

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial construction loans

     7       Appraised value   

Default rates

Collateral value

    

 

100%

NM

  

  

    

 

NM

NM

  

  

  

 

 

          

 

 

    

 

 

 

Mortgage servicing rights

     766       Discounted cash flow    Prepayment speed      0 - 100%        

 

(Fixed) 14.0%

(Adjustable) 26.8%

  

  

         Discount rates      9.4 - 18.0%        
 
(Fixed) 10.5%
(Adjustable) 11.7%
  
  
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

 

 

 

OREO property

     120       Appraised value    Appraised value      NM         NM   
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

As of March 31, 2012 ($ in millions)

                              

Financial Instrument

   Fair Value     

Valuation Technique

  

Significant
Unobservable Inputs

   Ranges of
Inputs
     Weighted-Average  

Commercial loans held for sale

   $ 2       Appraised value   

Appraised value

Cost to sell

    

 

NM

NM

  

  

    

 

NM

10.0%

  

  

  

 

 

          

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial loans

     69       Appraised value   

Default rates

Collateral value

    

 

100%

NM

  

  

    

 

NM

NM

  

  

  

 

 

          

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial mortgage loans

     81       Appraised value   

Default rates

Collateral value

    

 

100%

NM

  

  

    

 

NM

NM

  

  

  

 

 

          

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial construction loans

     37       Appraised value   

Default rates

Collateral value

    

 

100%

NM

  

  

    

 

NM

NM

  

  

  

 

 

          

 

 

    

 

 

 

Mortgage servicing rights

     767       Discounted cash flow    Prepayment speed      0 - 100%        

 

(Fixed) 14.4%

(Adjustable) 26.5%

  

  

         Discount rates      9.4 - 18.0%        
 
(Fixed) 10.6%
(Adjustable) 11.8%
  
  
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

 

 

 

OREO property

     120       Appraised value    Appraised value      NM         NM   
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial loans held for sale

During the first quarter of 2013, the Bancorp transferred $3 million of commercial loans from the portfolio to loans held for sale that upon transfer were measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs. These loans had fair value adjustments totaling $3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and were generally based on appraisals of the underlying collateral and were therefore, classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. Additionally, there were fair value adjustments on existing commercial loans held for sale of $1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The fair value adjustments are also based on appraisals of the underlying collateral and were therefore classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. An adverse change in the fair value of the underlying collateral would result in a decrease in the fair value measurement. The Accounting Department determines the procedures for valuation of commercial HFS loans which may include a comparison to recently executed transactions of similar type loans. A monthly review of the portfolio is performed for reasonableness. Quarterly, appraisals approaching a year-old are updated and the Real Estate Valuation group, which reports to the Chief

 

100


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

Credit Officer, in conjunction with the Commercial Line of Business review the third party appraisals for reasonableness. Additionally, the Commercial Line of Business Finance Department, which reports to the Bancorp Chief Financial Officer, in conjunction with Accounting review all loan appraisal values, carrying values and vintages.

Commercial loans held for investment

During the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, the Bancorp recorded nonrecurring impairment adjustments to certain commercial and industrial, commercial mortgage and commercial construction loans held for investment. Larger commercial loans included within aggregate borrower relationship balances exceeding $1 million that exhibit probable or observed credit weaknesses are subject to individual review for impairment. The Bancorp considers the current value of collateral, credit quality of any guarantees, the guarantor’s liquidity and willingness to cooperate, the loan structure and other factors when evaluating whether an individual loan is impaired. When the loan is collateral dependent, the fair value of the loan is generally based on the fair value of the underlying collateral supporting the loan and therefore these loans were classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. In cases where the carrying value exceeds the fair value, an impairment loss is recognized.

An adverse change in the fair value of the underlying collateral would result in a decrease in the fair value measurement. The fair values and recognized impairment losses are reflected in the previous table. Commercial Credit Risk, which reports to the Chief Risk Officer, is responsible for preparing and reviewing the fair value estimates for commercial loans held for investment.

Mortgage servicing rights

MSRs do not trade in an active, open market with readily observable prices. While sales of MSRs do occur, the precise terms and conditions typically are not readily available. Accordingly, the Bancorp estimates the fair value of MSRs using internal discounted cash flow models with certain unobservable inputs, primarily prepayment speed assumptions, discount rates and weighted average lives, resulting in a classification within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. Refer to Note 9 for further information on the assumptions used in the valuation of the Bancorp’s MSRs. The Secondary Marketing Department and Treasury Department are responsible for determining the valuation methodology for MSRs. Representatives from Secondary Marketing, Treasury, Accounting and Risk Management are responsible for reviewing key assumptions used in the internal discounted cash flow model. Two external valuations of the MSR portfolio are obtained from third parties that use valuation models in order to assess the reasonableness of the internal discounted cash flow model. Additionally, the Bancorp participates in peer surveys that provide additional confirmation of the reasonableness of key assumptions utilized in the MSR valuation process and the resulting MSR prices.

OREO

During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Bancorp recorded nonrecurring adjustments to certain commercial and residential real estate properties classified as OREO and measured at the lower of carrying amount or fair value. These nonrecurring losses are primarily due to declines in real estate values of the properties recorded in OREO. These losses include $12 million and $6 million in losses, recorded as charge-offs, on new OREO properties transferred from loans during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and $10 million and $17 million in losses for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, recorded in other noninterest income, attributable to fair value adjustments on OREO properties subsequent to their transfer from loans. As discussed in the following paragraphs, the fair value amounts are generally based on appraisals of the property values, resulting in a classification within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. In cases where the carrying amount exceeds the fair value, less costs to sell, an impairment loss is recognized. The previous tables reflect the fair value measurements of the properties before deducting the estimated costs to sell.

The Real Estate Valuation department, which reports to the Chief Credit Officer, is solely responsible for managing the appraisal process and evaluating the appraisal for all commercial properties transferred to OREO. All appraisals on commercial OREO properties are updated on at least an annual basis.

The Real Estate Valuation department reviews the BPO data and internal market information to determine the initial charge-off on residential real estate loans transferred to OREO. Once the foreclosure process is completed, the Bancorp performs an interior inspection to update the initial fair value of the property. These properties are reviewed at least every 30 days after the initial interior inspections are completed. The Asset Manager receives a monthly status report for each property which includes the number of showings, recently sold properties, current comparable listings and overall market conditions.

Fair Value Option

The Bancorp elected to measure certain residential mortgage loans held for sale under the fair value option as allowed under U.S. GAAP. Electing to measure residential mortgage loans held for sale at fair value reduces certain timing differences and better matches changes in the value of these assets with changes in the value of derivatives used as economic hedges for these assets. Management’s intent to sell residential mortgage loans classified as held for sale may change over time due to such factors as changes in the overall liquidity in markets or changes in characteristics specific to certain loans held for sale. Consequently, these loans may be reclassified to loans held for investment and maintained in the Bancorp’s loan portfolio. In such cases, the loans will continue to be measured at fair value.

Fair value changes recognized in earnings for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 for instruments held at March 31, 2013 and 2012 for which the fair value option was elected as well as the changes in fair value of the underlying IRLCs, included gains of $114 million and $109 million, respectively. Additionally, fair value changes recognized in earnings for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 for instruments for which the fair value option was elected but are no longer held by the Bancorp at March 31, 2013 and 2012 included gains

 

101


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

of $72 million and $188 million, respectively. These gains and losses are reported in mortgage banking net revenue in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

Valuation adjustments related to instrument-specific credit risk for residential mortgage loans measured at fair value negatively impacted the fair value of those loans by $3 million at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. Interest on residential mortgage loans measured at fair value is accrued as it is earned using the effective interest method and is reported as interest income in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

The following table summarizes the difference between the fair value and the principal balance for residential mortgage loans measured at fair value as of:

 

($ in millions)

   Aggregate
Fair Value
     Aggregate Unpaid
Principal Balance
     Difference  

March 31, 2013

        

Residential mortgage loans measured at fair value

   $ 2,641         2,527         114   

Past due loans of 90 days or more

     4         4         —     

Nonaccrual loans

     —           1         (1

December 31, 2012

        

Residential mortgage loans measured at fair value

     2,932         2,775         157   

Past due loans of 90 days or more

     3         4         (1

Nonaccrual loans

     —           1         (1

Fair Value of Certain Financial Instruments

The following tables summarize the carrying amounts and estimated fair values for certain financial instruments, excluding financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

As of March 31, 2013 ($ in millions)

   Net Carrying
Amount
    Fair Value Measurements Using      Total
Fair Value
 
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3     

Financial assets:

             

Cash and due from banks

   $ 2,186        2,186         —           —           2,186   

Other securities

     844        —           844         —           844   

Held-to-maturity securities

     283        —           —           283         283   

Other short-term investments

     2,286        2,286         —           —           2,286   

Loans held for sale

     131        —           —           131         131   

Portfolio loans and leases:

             

Commercial and industrial loans

     35,970        —           —           37,621         37,621   

Commercial mortgage loans

     8,447        —           —           8,091         8,091   

Commercial construction loans

     670        —           —           537         537   

Commercial leases

     3,507        —           —           3,341         3,341   

Residential mortgage loans(a)

     11,798        —           —           11,515         11,515   

Home equity

     9,583        —           —           9,527         9,527   

Automobile loans

     11,715        —           —           11,829         11,829   

Credit card

     1,955        —           —           2,083         2,083   

Other consumer loans and leases

     275        —           —           287         287   

Unallocated allowance for loan and lease losses

     (108     —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total portfolio loans and leases, net(a)

   $ 83,812        —           —           84,831         84,831   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

             

Deposits

     91,624        —           91,696         —           91,696   

Federal funds purchased

     386        386         —           —           386   

Other short-term borrowings

     2,439        —           2,439         —           2,439   

Long-term debt

     8,320        8,191         817         —           9,008   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Excludes $81 of residential mortgage loans measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

 

102


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

As of December 31, 2012 ($ in millions)

   Net Carrying
Amount
    Fair Value Measurements Using      Fair Value  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3     

Financial assets:

             

Cash and due from banks

   $ 2,441        2,441         —           —           2,441   

Other securities

     844        —           844         —           844   

Held-to-maturity securities

     284        —           —           284         284   

Other short-term investments

     2,421        2,421         —           —           2,421   

Loans held for sale

     83        —           —           83         83   

Portfolio loans and leases:

             

Commercial and industrial loans

     35,236        —           —           36,496         36,496   

Commercial mortgage loans

     8,770        —           —           8,020         8,020   

Commercial construction loans

     665        —           —           505         505   

Commercial leases

     3,481        —           —           3,310         3,310   

Residential mortgage loans(a)

     11,712        —           —           11,532         11,532   

Home equity

     9,875        —           —           9,798         9,798   

Automobile loans

     11,944        —           —           12,076         12,076   

Credit card

     2,010        —           —           2,139         2,139   

Other consumer loans and leases

     270        —           —           288         288   

Unallocated allowance for loan and lease losses

     (111     —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total portfolio loans and leases, net(a)

   $ 83,852        —           —           84,164         84,164   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

             

Deposits

     89,517        —           89,592         —           89,592   

Federal funds purchased

     901        901         —           —           901   

Other short-term borrowings

     6,280        —           6,280         —           6,280   

Long-term debt

     7,085        6,925         884         —           7,809   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Excludes $76 of residential mortgage loans measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

Cash and due from banks, other securities, other short-term investments, deposits, federal funds purchased and other short-term borrowings

For financial instruments with a short-term or no stated maturity, prevailing market rates and limited credit risk, carrying amounts approximate fair value. Those financial instruments include cash and due from banks, FHLB and FRB restricted stock, other short-term investments, certain deposits (demand, interest checking, savings, money market and foreign office deposits), and federal funds purchased. Fair values for other time deposits, certificates of deposit $100,000 and over and other short-term borrowings were estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applied prevailing LIBOR/swap interest rates for the same maturities.

Held-to-maturity securities

The Bancorp’s held-to-maturity securities are primarily composed of instruments that provide income tax credits as the economic return on the investment. The fair value of these instruments is estimated based on current U.S. Treasury tax credit rates.

Loans held for sale

Fair values for commercial loans held for sale were valued based on executable bids when available, or on discounted cash flow models incorporating appraisals of the underlying collateral, as well as assumptions about investor return requirements and amounts and timing of expected cash flows. Fair values for other consumer loans held for sale are based on contractual values upon which the loans may be sold to a third party, and approximate their carrying value.

Portfolio loans and leases, net

Fair values were estimated by discounting future cash flows using the current market rates of loans to borrowers with similar credit characteristics and similar remaining maturities.

Long-term debt

Fair value of long-term debt was based on quoted market prices, when available, or a discounted cash flow calculation using LIBOR/swap interest rates and, in some cases, a spread for new issuances with similar terms.

 

103


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

20. Business Segments

The Bancorp reports on four business segments: Commercial Banking, Branch Banking, Consumer Lending and Investment Advisors. Results of the Bancorp’s business segments are presented based on its management structure and management accounting practices. The structure and accounting practices are specific to the Bancorp; therefore, the financial results of the Bancorp’s business segments are not necessarily comparable with similar information for other financial institutions. The Bancorp refines its methodologies from time to time as management’s accounting practices are improved and businesses change.

The Bancorp manages interest rate risk centrally at the corporate level by employing an FTP methodology. This methodology insulates the business segments from interest rate volatility, enabling them to focus on serving customers through loan originations and deposit taking. The FTP system assigns charge rates and credit rates to classes of assets and liabilities, respectively, based on expected duration and the U.S. swap curve. Matching duration allocates interest income and interest expense to each segment so its resulting net interest income is insulated from interest rate risk. In a rising rate environment, the Bancorp benefits from the widening spread between deposit costs and wholesale funding costs. However, the Bancorp’s FTP system credits this benefit to deposit-providing businesses, such as Branch Banking and Investment Advisors, on a duration-adjusted basis. The net impact of the FTP methodology is captured in General Corporate and Other.

The Bancorp adjusts the FTP charge and credit rates as dictated by changes in interest rates for various interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and by the review of the estimated durations for the indeterminate-lived deposits. The credit rate provided for demand deposit accounts is reviewed annually based upon the account type, its estimated duration and the corresponding fed funds, U.S. swap curve or swap rate. The credit rates for several deposit products were reset January 1, 2013 to reflect the current market rates and updated market assumptions. These rates were generally higher than those in place during 2012, thus net interest income for deposit providing businesses was positively impacted during 2013.

The business segments are charged provision expense based on the actual net charge-offs experienced by the loans and leases owned by each segment. Provision expense attributable to loan and leases growth and changes in ALLL factors are captured in General Corporate and Other. The financial results of the business segments include allocations for shared services and headquarters expenses. Even with these allocations, the financial results are not necessarily indicative of the business segments’ financial condition and results of operations as if they existed as independent entities. Additionally, the business segments form synergies by taking advantage of cross-sell opportunities and when funding operations, by accessing the capital markets as a collective unit.

Results of operations and assets by segment for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 are:

 

104


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

($ in millions)

   Commercial
Banking
     Branch
Banking
     Consumer
Lending
     Investment
Advisors
     General
Corporate
and Other
    Eliminations     Total  

Three months ended March 31, 2013

                  

Net interest income

   $ 360         347         85         36         60        —          888   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     43         58         29         1         (69     —          62   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses

     317         289         56         35         129        —          826   

Noninterest income:

                  

Mortgage banking net revenue

     —           4         216         —           —          —          220   

Service charges on deposits

     59         71         —           1         —          —          131   

Corporate banking revenue

     95         3         —           1         —          —          99   

Investment advisory revenue

     1         37         —           98         —          (36 )(a)      100   

Card and processing revenue

     13         68         —           1         (17     —          65   

Other noninterest income

     16         22         11         7         53        —          109   

Securities gains, net

     —           —           —           —           17        —          17   

Securities gains, net - non-qualifying hedges on mortgage servicing rights

     —           —           2         —           —          —          2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

     184         205         229         108         53        (36     743   

Noninterest expense:

                  

Salaries, wages and incentives

     63         116         50         33         137        —          399   

Employee benefits

     17         39         13         9         36        —          114   

Net occupancy expense

     6         46         2         3         22        —          79   

Technology and communications

     3         1         —           —           45        —          49   

Card and processing expense

     1         29         —           —           1        —          31   

Equipment expense

     1         14         —           —           13        —          28   

Other noninterest expense

     186         178         112         70         (232     (36     278   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest expense

     277         423         177         115         22        (36     978   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     224         71         108         28         160        —          591   

Applicable income tax expense

     39         26         38         10         66        —          179   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     185         45         70         18         94        —          412   

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     —           —           —           —           (10     —          (10
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Bancorp

     185         45         70         18         104        —          422   

Dividends on preferred stock

     —           —           —           —           9        —          9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders

   $ 185         45         70         18         95        —          413   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total goodwill

   $ 613         1,655         —           148         —          —          2,416   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 49,428         50,174         24,026         9,114         (11,360     —          121,382   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

105


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

($ in millions)

   Commercial
Banking
     Branch
Banking
     Consumer
Lending
     Investment
Advisors
     General
Corporate
and Other
    Eliminations     Total  

Three months ended March 31, 2012

                  

Net interest income

   $ 348         335         80         27         108        —          898   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     76         86         54         3         (128     —          91   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses

     272         249         26         24         236        —          807   

Noninterest income:

                  

Mortgage banking net revenue

     —           3         201         —           —          —          204   

Service charges on deposits

     54         74         —           1         —          —          129   

Corporate banking revenue

     93         3         —           1         —          —          97   

Investment advisory revenue

     2         31         —           94         —          (31 )(a)      96   

Card and processing revenue

     12         60         —           1         (14     —          59   

Other noninterest income

     16         19         10         —           130        —          175   

Securities gains, net

     —           —           —           —           9        —          9   

Securities gains, net - non-qualifying hedges on mortgage servicing rights

     —           —           —           —           —          —          —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

     177         190         211         97         125        (31     769   

Noninterest expense:

                  

Salaries, wages and incentives

     58         112         44         35         150        —          399   

Employee benefits

     16         37         12         9         38        —          112   

Net occupancy expense

     5         47         2         3         20        —          77   

Technology and communications

     2         1         —           —           44        —          47   

Card and processing expense

     1         28         —           —           1        —          30   

Equipment expense

     1         13         —           —           13        —          27   

Other noninterest expense

     205         156         104         63         (216     (31     281   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest expense

     288         394         162         110         50        (31     973   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     161         45         75         11         311        —          603   

Applicable income tax expense

     19         16         27         4         107        —          173   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     142         29         48         7         204        —          430   

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     —           —           —           —           —          —          —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Bancorp

     142         29         48         7         204        —          430   

Dividends on preferred stock

     —           —           —           —           9        —          9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders

   $ 142         29         48         7         195        —          421   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total goodwill

   $ 613         1,656         —           148         —          —          2,417   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 46,388         48,544         23,155         7,684         (9,024     —          116,747   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Revenue sharing agreements between Investment Advisors and Branch Banking are eliminated in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

106


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

21. Subsequent Event

On May 7, 2013, Vantiv, Inc. priced a secondary offering of 38.6 million shares of Class A Common Stock of Vantiv, Inc., including 15.6 million shares of Class A Common Stock of Vantiv, Inc. to be sold on behalf of the Bancorp. The offering is expected to be settled on May 15, 2013. As a result of this offering, the Bancorp’s ownership of Vantiv Holding, LLC will be reduced to approximately 28% and the Bancorp’s investment will continue to be accounted for as an equity method investment in the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. The impact of the sale of the Bancorp’s interest in Vantiv Holding, LLC will result in the recognition of a pre-tax gain of approximately $225 million ($145 million after-tax) by the Bancorp in the second quarter of 2013. The underwriters of the offering have an option, solely to cover over-allotments and is exercisable for 30 days from the date of pricing, to purchase an additional 796,310 shares of Vantiv, Inc. Class A Common Stock from the Bancorp.

Upon completion of the sale of the 15.6 million shares of Class A Common Stock of Vantiv, Inc., the Bancorp continued to hold approximately 54.6 million Class B units of Vantiv Holding, LLC and a warrant to purchase approximately 20.4 million Class C non-voting units of Vantiv Holding, LLC, both of which may be exchanged for Class A Common Stock of Vantiv, Inc. on a one for one basis or at Vantiv, Inc.’s option for cash. In addition, the Bancorp holds approximately 54.6 million Class B common shares of Vantiv, Inc. The Class B common shares give the Bancorp voting rights, but no economic interest in Vantiv, Inc. The voting rights attributable to the Class B common shares are limited to 18.5% of the voting power in Vantiv, Inc. at any time other than in connection with a stockholder vote with respect to a change in control in Vantiv, Inc. These securities are subject to certain terms and restrictions.

 

107


Table of Contents

PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

Legal Proceedings (Item 1)

Refer to Note 15 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 for information regarding legal proceedings.

Risk Factors (Item 1A)

There have been no material changes made during the first quarter of 2013 to any of the risk factors as previously disclosed in the Registrant’s periodic securities filings.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds (Item 2)

Refer to the “Capital Management” section within Management’s Discussion and Analysis in Part I, Item 2 for information regarding purchases and sales of equity securities by the Bancorp during the first quarter of 2013.

Defaults Upon Senior Securities (Item 3)

None.

Mine Safety Disclosures (Item 4)

Not applicable.

Other Information (Item 5)

None.

Exhibits (Item 6)

 

  3.1 Amended Articles of Incorporation of Fifth Third Bancorp, as amended. Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2012.

 

  3.2 Code of Regulations of Fifth Third Bancorp as Amended as of September 18, 2012. Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on September 21, 2012.

 

  10.1 Master Confirmation, as supplemented by a Supplemental Confirmation, for accelerated share repurchase transaction dated January 28, 2013 between Fifth Third Bancorp and Credit Suisse International.*

 

  12.1 Computations of Consolidated Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges.

 

  12.2 Computations of Consolidated Ratios of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividend Requirements.

 

  31(i) Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by Chief Executive Officer.

 

  31(ii) Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by Chief Financial Officer.

 

  32(i) Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by Chief Executive Officer.

 

  32(ii) Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by Chief Financial Officer.

 

  101 Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T: (i) the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income, (iii) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iv) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity, (v) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (vi) the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements tagged as blocks of text and in detail**.

 

* An application for confidential treatment for selected portions of this exhibit has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
** As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this information is furnished and not filed for purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

108


Table of Contents

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

     

Fifth Third Bancorp

      Registrant
Date: May 9, 2013      

/s/ Daniel T. Poston

      Daniel T. Poston
      Executive Vice President and
      Chief Financial Officer

 

109